ABACUS entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ABACUS
sa   MODEL & MINIATURE ABACUS
xx   CALCULATOR

Abacus-style wall ornament made from beads, welding rod, and pine. Estimated cost: $16.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1980 (v.58#7) pg. 98, 126

How to construct and use an abacus.
BOYS' LIFE Oct 1966 (v.56#10) pg. 72

Abacus neckerchief slide features beads that actually move.
BOYS' LIFE Aug 1987 (v.77#8) pg. 64

Pattern for making an abacus.
BOYS' LIFE Mar 1989 (v.79#3) pg. 45

Using an abacus (bead counter).
LAPIDARY JOURNAL Oct 1994 (v.48#7) pg. 73

Single-row abacus made from scrap wood sits at the end of a pool to serve as a lap counter.
SUNSET Jun 1980 (v.164#6) pg. 134

ABRASIVE CUTOFF MACHINE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ABRASIVE CUTOFF MACHINE
x   CUTOFF MACHINE (ABRASIVE)
xx   POWER TOOL
xx   SAW

Portable electric cut-off saws. Versatile remodeling tools that cut concrete, masonry, metal and stone. What is available and tips on their use and maintenance.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #62 Aug-Sep 1990 pg. 80
Correction FINE HOMEBUILDING #64 Dec 1990-Jan 1991 pg. 12

Low cost swing cutoff for metal.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1963 (v.120#3) pg. 179

Portable abrasive cutoff machine. Consists of a 1-hp motor, arbor, and a hinged pivot arm.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1967 (v.127#2) pg. 190

A pivoting bracket allows a portable circular saw to be used as an abrasive cutoff machine. Bracket fastens to a vise which grips the work being cut.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1967 (v.128#5) pg. 184

Make an abrasive cutoff machine from a 1/4 hp motor, a 12"x12" steel base mounted on casters, and a set of shafts and pillow blocks used as mandrels for buffing.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1971 (v.136#3) pg. 166

A portable circular saw, equipped with a metal cutting blade, and installed in this special jig, becomes a cutoff machine for handling metal cutting. Jig provides a means of pivoting the saw and protecting the operator from flying sparks. You will be able to cut through metal rods, pipe, angle iron and hardened steel.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1974 (v.142#5) pg. 150

Tip: Friction-cut stainless steel on a table saw using an old, dull fine-tooth plywood blade.
SMALL BOAT JOURNAL #46 Dec 1985-Jan 1986 pg. 68

Homemade grinding or abrasive cutoff disk is made by applying rock tumbling grit to fiberglass using epoxy cement. The resulting disk is very thin and flexible. Tips on using this disk to cut Plexiglas are included.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1985 (v.34#9) pg. 68

Cutting metal (iron or steel) using a friction-cutting circular saw blade which burns its way through metal faster than a toothed blade can cut.
WORKBENCH Nov-Dec 1969 (v.25#6) pg. 54

Tips on selecting and using hacksaws and other metal sawing tools.
WORKBENCH Jul-Aug 1980 (v.36#4) pg. 45

ABRASIVE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ABRASIVE
sa   GRINDING WHEEL & STONE
sa   SANDPAPER
sa   STEEL WOOL

A description of using Micro-Mesh abrasive in grits ranging from 1500 to 12,000 as a wood finishing material.
AMERICAN WOODTURNER Dec 1991 (v.6#4) pg. 27

True grit. Simple techniques for improving chisels, planes, and sharpening stones with abrasives. Using lapping to polish a plane blade or chisel, flatten a plane's sole, true a whetstone, etc.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Mar 1987 (v.10#6) pg. 61

Abrasive finishing of faceplate turnings. Some tips.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jun 1987 (v.10#9) pg. 14

Tips on using polyester scrubbing material (such as 3M's Scotch Brite) for wood removal and for smoothing surfaces. Ideal for use when woodcarving using a rotary tool or flexible shaft.
CHIP CHATS May-Jun 1994 (v.41#3) pg. 66

Time to sharpen. A summary of the three basic categories of abrasive compounds and when to use each one.
CHIP CHATS Jan-Feb 1997 (v.44#1) pg. 77

Time to sharpen. A guide to two rouges for strop and wheel and the subtle differences between them.
CHIP CHATS Mar-Apr 1997 (v.44#2) pg. 73

Tip on selecting abrasives for rubbing out a finish.
FINE WOODWORKING #77 Jul-Aug 1989 pg. 22
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #79 Nov-Dec 1989 pg. 10

Tip on using 3M Scotch-Brite fine-grade pads in place of steel wool.
FINE WOODWORKING #80 Jan-Feb 1990 pg. 4

Abrasives used in plastic model making. Looks at files, emery boards, sandpaper, polishing sticks and polishing compounds.
IPMS/USA JOURNAL Mar-Apr 1999 (v.11#3) pg. 25

Tip: Make your own small rubberized abrasive wheels from pencil erasers.
JEWELRY MAKING, GEMS & MINERALS #572 Jul 1985 pg. 26

Advice on the use of 3M Scotch-Brite abrasive pads on aluminum.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1999 (v.21#9) pg. 22

Tip: Wire screening can substitute for rough sandpaper on turned wooden bowls or spindles.
NATIONAL CARVERS REVIEW Fall 1978 (v.9#3) pg. 32

Short glossary of abrasives and abrasive terms.
NATIONAL CARVERS REVIEW Spring 1980 (v.11#1) pg. 30

How to use wet abrasives.
POPULAR MECHANICS Dec 1988 (v.165#12) pg. 64

Tips on selecting and using abrasive pads.
SHOPNOTES #8 Mar 1993 (v.2) pg. 30

Tip on using a foam-bottomed push block to get even pressure on an abrasive pad when rubbing out a finish.
SHOPNOTES #13 Jan 1994 (v.3) pg. 29

Homemade grinding or abrasive cutoff disk is made by applying rock tumbling grit to fiberglass using epoxy cement. The resulting disk is very thin and flexible. Tips on using this disk to cut Plexiglas are included.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1985 (v.34#9) pg. 68

Sanding and abrading tips for both wood and metal. Tips on selecting the abrasive (sandpaper, pads, cut-off discs, rotary files, pumice), value of a disc sander, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1989 (v.38#10) pg. 34

What's my abrasive? A table compares the grit number, diameter in thousandths of an inch, and the micron measurement of abrasives from eight different companies.
TELESCOPE MAKING #2 Winter 1978 pg. 9

Tip on applying and rubbing abrasives such as pumice and rottenstone.
WOOD MAGAZINE #2 Nov-Dec 1984 (v.1#2) pg. 25

Know your woodworking abrasives. Looks at coated abrasives, steel wool, finishing pads, pumice, rottenstone, etc.
WOOD MAGAZINE #20 Dec 1987 (v.4#6) pg. 50

Tip on using nylon-pad pan scourers as rotating abrasive discs to sand wood.
WOODCARVING #40 Mar-Apr 1998 pg. 64

ACCELEROMETER entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ACCELEROMETER
x   G METER
xx   GRAVITY

Determine "g" forces generated by your car with this portable, digital acceleration and deceleration measurement system.
ELECTRONICS HOBBYISTS HANDBOOK Fall 1995 pg. 19

Automotive performance tester. Build an electronic accelerometer to measure 0-60-mph acceleration time, g-force, etc.
ELECTRONICS NOW Jan 1998 (v.69#1) pg. 33

SenSym's SXL series of monolithic accelerometers are reviewed.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Oct 1988 (v.5#10) pg. 64

Simple accelerometer measures positive or negative G force. Est. cost: $13.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Sep 1968 (v.29#3) pg. 29

Build the "G" machine. Determine the gravitational forces generated by your car with this portable, digital system to measure acceleration or deceleration.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] May 1995 (v.12#5) pg. 46
Added Info POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Oct 1995 (v.12#10) pg. 4

An accelerometer (G-meter) for the dashboard of your car uses liquid to show acceleration and lateral forces acting on the car. Helps determine performance.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1972 (v.137#2) pg. 156

ADHESIVE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ADHESIVE
sa   ADHESIVE APPLICATOR
sa   ADHESIVE REMOVAL
sa   ADHESIVE STORAGE
sa   CASEIN GLUE
sa   CAULKING & WEATHERSTRIPPING
sa   CONTACT CEMENT
sa   CYANOACRYLATE GLUE
sa   EPOXY
sa   ETHYLENE VINYL ACETATE (EVA) GLUE
sa   FISH GLUE
sa   HIDE GLUE
sa   HOT-MELT GLUE
sa   PASTE
sa   POLYURETHANE GLUE
sa   POLYVINYL ACETATE (PVA) GLUE
sa   RESORCINOL FORMALDEHYDE ADHESIVE
sa   UREA RESIN GLUE
x   CEMENT (GLUE)
x   GLUE

Appreciating adhesives. Useful and practical article on model making adhesives is reprinted from an Australian publication.
AERO MODELLER #673 Feb 1992 (v.57) pg. 26

Get stuck in. A brief look at the different types of adhesives used on model aircraft.
AERO MODELLER #705 Oct 1994 (v.59) pg. 44

Brief guide to the various adhesives used in aircraft model making.
AERO MODELLER #749 May 7 1998 (v.63) pg. 12

Tips on when you can use a dye or stain before gluing up (assembling) wood components.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER Mar-Apr 1989 (v.5#2) pg. 6

Woodworking glues. Choosing the right one. Looks at PVA glues, plastic resin glue, epoxy, hide glue, etc.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER Sep-Oct 1989 (v.5#5) pg. 46
Added Info AMERICAN WOODWORKER Nov-Dec 1989 (v.5#6) pg. 4

Tip describes how to test the strength of glue before using it on a large assembly.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #32 May-Jun 1993 pg. 18

A guide to glues. An explanation of how glues work, the properties of woodworking glues, their applications and some cautions. Tips on ways to get good glue joints.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #34 Sep-Oct 1993 pg. 26
Added Info AMERICAN WOODWORKER #35 Nov-Dec 1993 pg. 8

Gluing up. Taking the hassle out of this sticky job. Choosing the correct glue, glue-up tools (glue spreaders, rules, clamps, bench, ...), dry run, gluing, clamping, and cleaning up.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #44 Apr 1995 pg. 37
Added Info AMERICAN WOODWORKER #47 Oct 1995 pg. 6

Tip describes how to make a large heat box for curing a glued-up assembly in a cold workshop.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #59 Jun 1997 pg. 32

Glue and clamps. A dry run is the key to hassle-free glue-up.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #73 Jun 1999 pg. 78

Simple test to check wood's ability to absorb glue.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #96 Oct 2002 pg. 14

Advice on adhesives to use for attaching artwork on paper to a canvas.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jul 1991 (v.8#7) pg. 78

How to choose the right adhesive. Chart shows type of material to be bonded and which adhesives will do the job.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Apr 1976 (v.54#4) pg. J14 (128+)

A guide to basic adhesives.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Feb 1980 (v.58#2) pg. 83

Tip: Prevent glue from oozing out from a joint onto the "good" surface by cutting a shallow slot to absorb any excess glue.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Mar 1983 (v.61#3) pg. 48

Glue-ups without screwups. A lesson in reducing woodworking frustration.
CANADIAN HOME WORKSHOP Jun 2000 (v.23#8) pg. 22

Advice on adhesives. Brief tips on choosing the proper adhesive for the job.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jan 1980 (v.3#4) pg. 46

List of 59 different adhesives from 5 different manufacturers, plus a chart of when to use each type of glue.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jul 1981 (v.4#10) pg. 34

Tips on gluing up teak and other oily woods.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Dec 1985 (v.9#3) pg. 6

Choosing adhesives. Part 1.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Apr 1987 (v.10#7) pg. 17

Choosing adhesives. Part 2.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP May 1987 (v.10#8) pg. 18

High-tech metal repair. Tips on using anaerobic adhesives (threadlockers), repairing damaged threads, and fixing holes in metals, ceramics, wood, etc.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jun 1987 (v.10#9) pg. 16

Tips on repairing broken glass and crystal Christmas tree ornaments using adhesives.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Dec 1987 (v.11#3) pg. 12

Workshop glue down. Guide to selecting and using five basic workshop adhesives.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Dec 1990 (v.14#3) pg. 14

Tapping glues. A summary of woodworking glues.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Sep 1993 (v.16#12) pg. 15

Advice on selecting the safest type of adhesive to use when making a large cutting block.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jan 1997 (v.20#4) pg. 19

An overview of the various types of glue, what they're made of, and what they do.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Feb 1998 (v.21#5) pg. 42

Buyer's guide to craft glues and their important characteristics.
CRAFTS Apr 1996 (v.19#4) pg. 30

A glossary of glues that are used in crafts. Includes chemical composition and brand names of various glues.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jun 1977 (v.8#5) pg. 13

Tip on selecting an approved glue for use on wooden aircraft.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Aug 1990 pg. 3

Tip on using expanding foam as an adhesive to attach foam to foam, metal, glass, etc.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Aug 1990 pg. 11

Fix-it-quick guide to glues. Includes a cross-reference chart telling which glue to use depending upon the materials to be fastened together.
FAMILY CIRCLE Jun 21 1983 (v.96#9) pg. 119

What's new in glue. A guide to selecting the right glue for any job.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #95 Dec 1966 (v.16#6) pg. 33

A look at modern glues and how to pick the right one for a job. Includes lengthy chart by manufacturer, adhesive type and uses.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #189 Apr 1978 (v.28#4) pg. 64

How to build stronger and neater with modern construction adhesives. How to insulate block walls, install subflooring, build a deck, etc. using adhesives.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #249 May-Jun 1984 (v.34#5) pg. 75

Tip: Increase surface area of a glue joint by pressing "craters" into the surface using a piece of coarse garnet paper and a mallet.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #270 Jul-Aug 1986 (v.36#6) pg. 96

Tip: Store tubes of cement, caulk, etc. by hanging them up using this idea.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #285 Jan 1988 (v.38#1) pg. 100

How to attach wood to concrete. Looks at nails, predrilled fasteners, expansion fasteners, power fasteners, and glue.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #297 Apr 1989 (v.39#4) pg. 53

Creating glue joints that last. A guide to the strengths and weaknesses of the various wood glues. Five steps to a strong wood joint.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #341 Sep 1993 (v.43#8) pg. 26

Tip on using PVC cement to repair rubber, vinyl or plastic items.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #352 Oct 1994 (v.44#9) pg. 50

The seven deadly sins of gluing wood. (1) Gluing unsound surfaces. (2) Relying on sloppy-fitting joints. (3) Improper glue spreading. (4) Improper clamping pressure. (5) Using the wrong glue. (6) Glue-staining the wood. (7) Relying on end grain. Includes a buyer's guide to five common wood glues.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #378 May 1997 (v.47#5) pg. 63

Construction adhesives. Versatile gap-filling glues (mastics) designed to stick on the job site. What is available and tips on their use.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #58 Feb-Mar 1990 pg. 72

Adhesive formula for attaching plaster casts to drywall and wood.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #60 Apr-May 1990 pg. 16

Tip on using the heat from an automotive engine to warm tubes of caulking or adhesive during the winter.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #60 Apr-May 1990 pg. 28

Builders' adhesives. A thumbnail guide to job-site bonding.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #65 Feb-Mar 1991 pg. 40

How to darken the glue lines of polyvinyl and aliphatic glues, especially when used on dark woods.
FINE WOODWORKING #6 Spring 1977 pg. 9

Glues and gluing. A look at woodworking adhesives of various kinds, including application, clamping, and shelf life.
FINE WOODWORKING #7 Summer 1977 pg. 28

Tips on adhesives to use when inlaying brass strips into walnut.
FINE WOODWORKING #8 Fall 1977 pg. 32

Tip: How to prepare oily woods like lignum vitae and cocobolo to accept adhesives.
FINE WOODWORKING #8 Fall 1977 pg. 34

Tip: Best way to edge glue rosewood.
FINE WOODWORKING #10 Spring 1978 pg. 29

Tips on gluing rosewood with yellow glue.
FINE WOODWORKING #12 Sep 1978 pg. 10

Tip: Do not use acrylic latex contact cement to glue wood veneer.
FINE WOODWORKING #24 Sep-Oct 1980 pg. 32

What are the effects of time, cold, moisture and shock on various common wood glues.
FINE WOODWORKING #28 May-Jun 1981 pg. 24

Gluing up. How to get a strong, square assembly when using bar clamps to do edge gluing, leg/rail assemblies, frame gluing, etc.
FINE WOODWORKING #31 Nov-Dec 1981 pg. 86

Cold hide glue formula for furniture repair work.
FINE WOODWORKING #34 May-Jun 1982 pg. 6

Which glue do you use? Part 1. General woodworking glues.
FINE WOODWORKING #43 Nov-Dec 1983 pg. 62
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #45 Mar-Apr 1984 pg. 6

A look at why wood glue joints fail.
FINE WOODWORKING #43 Nov-Dec 1983 pg. 65

Glues for woodworking. Part 2. Synthetic glues, including epoxy resins, polyester resins, cranoacrylate glues, hot-melt glues, and contact cements.
FINE WOODWORKING #44 Jan-Feb 1984 pg. 48
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #46 May-Jun 1984 pg. 6

Tip on gluing exotic woods which have a high resin and oil content (such as rosewood and ebony).
FINE WOODWORKING #45 Mar-Apr 1984 pg. 16

Tips on the correct adhesives to use in laminated furniture to prevent "telegraphing" of gluelines.
FINE WOODWORKING #46 May-Jun 1984 pg. 16

Tips on keeping hide glue from spoiling.
FINE WOODWORKING #46 May-Jun 1984 pg. 18
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #48 Sep-Oct 1984 pg. 4

Tips on glues for kitchen utensils, cutting boards, etc.
FINE WOODWORKING #50 Jan-Feb 1985 pg. 18

Tip: Use a foam picnic cooler equipped with a 15-watt light bulb to keep glue and finishes from freezing when stored in an unheated building.
FINE WOODWORKING #52 May-Jun 1985 pg. 8

Visit to a glue factory reveals the versatility of hide glue. Includes tips on using hide glue in woodworking.
FINE WOODWORKING #57 Mar-Apr 1986 pg. 66
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #59 Jul-Aug 1986 pg. 6

Tips on glue to use on teak and other oily woods.
FINE WOODWORKING #61 Nov-Dec 1986 pg. 12

Tips on determining if moisture is causing joint seepage.
FINE WOODWORKING #62 Jan-Feb 1987 pg. 18

Tip on repairing a fine crack in a wooden cup using cyanoacrylate glue.
FINE WOODWORKING #63 Mar-Apr 1987 pg. 14
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #65 Jul-Aug 1987 pg. 4

Tips for filling and repairing hairline cracks in wood projects.
FINE WOODWORKING #67 Nov-Dec 1987 pg. 10

Tips on selecting a glue for chairmaking.
FINE WOODWORKING #70 May-Jun 1988 pg. 12
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #71 Jul-Aug 1988 pg. 6

Shallow sawkerfs trap excess glue and prevent squeeze-out.
FINE WOODWORKING #73 Nov-Dec 1988 pg. 8

Tips on using and applying yellow glue and epoxy to minimize problems caused by heavy stress and wood movement.
FINE WOODWORKING #74 Jan-Feb 1989 pg. 12

Tip: Use sheet adhesive sold in fabric stores to attach wood veneer.
FINE WOODWORKING #75 Mar-Apr 1989 pg. 10

Correct clamping time for glue-joints discussed.
FINE WOODWORKING #76 May-Jun 1989 pg. 16

Tip on lengthening the working time of two-part glues.
FINE WOODWORKING #80 Jan-Feb 1990 pg. 14

Chemical hazards of woodworking. What you don't know can hurt you. Includes charts of hazardous chemicals used in woodworking adhesives and finishes.
FINE WOODWORKING #80 Jan-Feb 1990 pg. 58
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #83 Jul-Aug 1990 pg. 4

Adhesives for woodworking. An overview of all the major types of wood glue.
FINE WOODWORKING #96 Sep-Oct 1992 pg. 44
Correction FINE WOODWORKING #97 Nov-Dec 1992 pg. 8
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #98 Jan-Feb 1993 pg. 6
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #102 Sep-Oct 1993 pg. 32 (Joint disassembly)
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #104 Jan-Feb 1994 pg. 8 (Epoxy/resin joint disassembly)

Tip on using an electric blanket over a project (during the winter) to facilitate proper setting of glue.
FINE WOODWORKING #113 Jul-Aug 1995 pg. 22

A working guide to glues. Looks at natural glues, nonreactive synthetic glues, and reactive synthetic glues.
FINE WOODWORKING #134 Jan-Feb 1999 pg. 60

Choosing adhesives for laminated-wood cutting boards.
FINE WOODWORKING #135 Mar-Apr 1999 pg. 96

A use test on "Hot Stuff", a cyanocrylate based instant bond adhesive.
GEMS & MINERALS #512 Jun 1980 pg. 60

Chart of six types of household adhesives, their characteristics, uses, special directions and costs.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Feb 1978 (v.186#2) pg. 232

Which glue should you use? A guide to types of glues and their best uses.
HANDY ANDY Nov 1979 (v.4#2) pg. 13

Tips on applying PVA and white glues.
HOME MECHANIX #691 Nov 1985 (v.81) pg. 14

Sensible workshop gluing tricks. How much wood glue to apply, cleaning up squeeze-out, etc.
HOME MECHANIX #698 Jun 1986 (v.82) pg. 28

Tips on avoiding glue problems when working with wood.
HOME MECHANIX #727 Nov 1988 (v.84) pg. 24

Basic carpentry. Part 14. Gluing and clamping.
HOMEOWNER Jul-Aug 1983 (v.8#4) pg. 76

The art of gluing. The proper use of adhesives. Holding power of various joint and glue combinations.
HOMEOWNER Jan-Feb 1986 (v.11#1) pg. 71

How to choose the right glue for the job. A look at five categories of glue: cyanoacrylate, solvent-type, water-type, two-part, and hot melt. Includes an adhesive identification chart with trade name, generic name, category and primary use.
HOMEOWNERS HOW TO #6 Summer 1977 (v.2#2) pg. 122

A look at the latest adhesives available for use in lapidary and jewelry making.
LAPIDARY JOURNAL Jul 1980 (v.34#4) pg. 926

Tips on using 3M's 1300-L rubber and gasket adhesive on aircraft carpet, upholstery, deice boots, or door seals.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1996 (v.18#9) pg. 18

Tests determine the relative strength of six glues commonly used by woodworkers.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #535 Dec 1972 (v.68) pg. 95

Tip on using a new super glue called "Flash" which has some new void-filling properties.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #576 May 1976 (v.72) pg. 102

A consumer's guide to adhesives. A look at six basic types of adhesives: white and yellow glues, resorcinol glue, epoxy glue, contact cement, silicone glue, and plastic cements. The uses and disadvantages of each are summarized.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #593 Oct 1977 (v.73) pg. 100

A guide to today's adhesives and tips that will help you pick the right one for a job.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #618 Nov 1979 (v.75) pg. 65

Craft adhesives: what to use and when. A brief overview of common adhesives.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #640 Sep 1981 (v.77) pg. 129

A fumbler's guide to glues. A look at the six most popular over-the-counter glues and how they are used.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #645 Feb 1982 (v.78) pg. 31

Advice on the choice of adhesives for building balsa and composite model aircraft.
MODEL AVIATION Jan 1996 (v.22#1) pg. 131

What you need to know about adhesives to help you choose the right glue for the job.
MODEL RAILROADER Apr 1996 (v.63#4) pg. 76

Making it stick. Twenty-one construction adhesives are tested for strength and versatility. Includes tips on use and storage.
NEW SHELTER Jul-Aug 1985 (v.6#6) pg. 21

A sampling of the most common gluing mistakes, along with suggestions on how to avoid them.
NEW SHELTER Sep 1985 (v.6#7) pg. 104

Adhesives for miniature projects. A user's guide to all-purpose white glues, cyanoacrylate adhesives, glues for paper and wood glues.
NUTSHELL NEWS Aug 1996 (v.26#8) pg. 22

A comparison of Aliphatic Resin, White Glue, and Liquid Hide Glue, and guidelines on which should be used for various woodworking projects.
OLD-HOUSE JOURNAL Apr 1974 (v.2#4) pg. 5

Adhesives. A guide to the distinctions among some all-around adhesives and their uses in woodworking.
OLD-HOUSE JOURNAL May-Jun 1998 (v.26#3) pg. 52

Pick the right glue and use it correctly.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1963 (v.119#2) pg. 179

Which glue is best for wood? How and when to use each of six glues: polyvinyl, plastic resin, casein, epoxy, resorcinol and contact cement.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1966 (v.126#2) pg. 138

Boat owner's guide to repair compounds.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1971 (v.135#6) pg. 108

Simple tool for roughing the surface of wood that is to be glued will result in a better glue joint.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1975 (v.143#5) pg. 208

Complete guide on what glue to use for what job, plus tips on assembly and clamping.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1976 (v.145#6) pg. 104

Workshop minicourse. Tips on gluing up wooden items without leaving excess glue on surfaces and without leaving marks from jaws of clamp.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1982 (v.158#2) pg. 93

How to pick the right adhesive and use it.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1983 (v.159#1) pg. 104

Workshop minicourse. Working with wood glue.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1983 (v.160#1) pg. 104

36 woodworking tips. Includes tips on joinery, sanding, measuring, saws & saw blades, gluing, etc.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1984 (v.161#11) pg. 138

Tip: Apply instant-setting cyanoacrylate glues to broken pottery after the joints have been assembled.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1985 (v.162#5) pg. 78

Workshop minicourse. Using common wood glues.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1985 (v.162#9) pg. 54

How glue works. A woodworker's guide to workshop adhesives.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1987 (v.164#11) pg. 100

Stick together. A basic guide to consumer adhesives.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1998 (v.175#5) pg. 113

Plastic mending cements and how to use them.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1963 (v.182#5) pg. 169

Tips on making any glue work better.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1965 (v.187#4) pg. 146

Comprehensive guide to the characteristics and uses of 117 adhesives.
POPULAR SCIENCE Dec 1971 (v.199#6) pg. 92

How to choose and use the new adhesives. Includes some tips on building concrete block walls with a new block adhesive called Beadline.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1974 (v.205#4) pg. 110

How to choose from all those glues. A look at white, epoxy, instant, polyurethane, structural acrylics, silicon-rubber, household, hot-melt, contact, plus many other glues for special purposes (wood, glass, china, plastic, etc.).
POPULAR SCIENCE Sep 1980 (v.217#3) pg. 56

Secrets of the superglues. Tips on selecting, using, and storing cyanoacrylate glues.
POPULAR SCIENCE Feb 1989 (v.234#2) pg. 81

Advice on selecting a glue that will work with redwood.
POPULAR WOODWORKING #88 Jan 1996 (v.15#4) pg. 6

All about glues and gluing used to bond wood.
SCALE WOODCRAFT #4 Spring 1986 pg. 44
Added Info SCALE WOODCRAFT #5 Summer 1986 pg. 5

Survey of new adhesives and use chart.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Nov 1965 (v.36#11) pg. 62

New patching products to repair concrete, plaster, wood, metal and rubber.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Dec 1965 (v.36#12) pg. 48

Glue-up tips. Glue, storage, applicator, squeeze out, etc.
SHOPNOTES #21 May 1995 (v.4) pg. 20

Tip on cutting and using a "glue moat" to trap excess glue and prevent squeeze-out, especially when making built-up moldings.
SHOPNOTES #21 May 1995 (v.4) pg. 29

Tips on keeping glue and work piece warm when working outdoors during the winter by using an electric blanket and heating pads.
SMALL BOAT JOURNAL #47 Feb-Mar 1986 pg. 95

Advice on using latex adhesives (such as latex-based Liquid Nails) to assemble and seal loudspeaker enclosures.
SPEAKER BUILDER 6/1991 [Dec 1991] (v.12#6) pg. 60

Sticking together. Recommended wood adhesives and application techniques when building loudspeaker enclosures.
SPEAKER BUILDER 2/1994 [Mar 1994] (v.15#2) pg. 46

Tips on selecting and testing wood glues for use in critical projects, such as aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1985 (v.34#10) pg. 21

Using aircraft quality adhesives. Part 1. Plastic resin glues (Resorcinol and Aerolite 306). Also illustrates clamping details.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1988 (v.37#10) pg. 33

Using aircraft quality adhesives. Part 2. Epoxies. Working with adhesives. Health hazards. Shear joint testing. Laminating.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1988 (v.37#11) pg. 29

Aerolite. An in-depth look at the urea-formaldehyde chemical reactions behind the primary wood glue used in aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1989 (v.38#6) pg. 27

Information on the choice of wood glue for aircraft use.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1996 (v.45#9) pg. 110
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Dec 1996 (v.45#12) pg. 4

Technique for measuring two-part adhesive compounds in exactly the right proportions using large plastic syringes.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1997 (v.46#3) pg. 101

Advice on selecting and testing various glues for use in wooden aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1999 (v.48#1) pg. 119

Amazing adhesives. The ten basic types of adhesives and what they'll glue for you.
SUNSET Nov 1988 (v.181#5) pg. 108

Choosing the right woodworking glue. Includes a reference chart of 14 brands.
WEEKEND WOODWORKING (PROJECTS) #52 Jul 1996 (v.9#4) pg. 16

Glue squeeze-out. Tips on when you should remove the excess glue.
WOOD MAGAZINE #1 Sep-Oct 1984 (v.1#1) pg. 113

Tip: How to keep contact cement and brush from drying out when working on a large project.
WOOD MAGAZINE #4 Apr 1985 (v.2#2) pg. 16

Choosing the right adhesive. Looks at animal glues, PVA resin glues, thermosetting adhesives, and specialty bonding agents. Some tips.
WOOD MAGAZINE #7 Oct 1985 (v.2#5) pg. 106

Tip: Glue scrap pieces of wood together for use as a "timer" to determine when you can unclamp.
WOOD MAGAZINE #12 Aug 1986 (v.3#4) pg. 16

Tip: Use mineral spirits or lacquer thinner to locate all glue splotches before you begin staining.
WOOD MAGAZINE #16 Apr 1987 (v.4#2) pg. 23

Tip on aligning split or broken pieces of wood when gluing them back together.
WOOD MAGAZINE #20 Dec 1987 (v.4#6) pg. 14

Answers to questions about glues and their holding power.
WOOD MAGAZINE #45 Sep 1991 (v.8#6) pg. 34

Advice on gluing ebony.
WOOD MAGAZINE #66 Dec 1993 (v.10#9) pg. 20

Tip on gluing-up prestained wood.
WOOD MAGAZINE #72 Sep 1994 (v.11#6) pg. 20

Guide to today's advanced woodworking glues.
WOOD MAGAZINE #79 Jun 1995 (v.12#4) pg. 70
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #81 Sep 1995 (v.12#6) pg. 20
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #83 Nov 1995 (v.12#8) pg. 16
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #84 Dec 1995 (v.12#9) pg. 28

A look at five new woodworking glues and evaluations of their performance.
WOOD MAGAZINE #97 Jun 1997 (v.14#4) pg. 22

Advice on glues for working with MDF (medium density fiberboard) and plastic laminate.
WOOD MAGAZINE #97 Jun 1997 (v.14#4) pg. 24

Reference guide to woodworking glues.
WOOD MAGAZINE #107 Aug 1998 (v.15#5) pg. 46

An explanation of why hard lines of glue emerge months after a project is finished.
WOOD MAGAZINE #108 Oct 1998 (v.15#6) pg. 30

Chart of the most common workshop adhesives assists in choosing the right glue.
WOOD MAGAZINE #140 Mar 2002 (v.19#2) pg. 32

Tip on adding coloring to wood glue so that carvings will not reveal glue lines after polishing.
WOODCARVING #39 Jan-Feb 1998 pg. 64

Wood technology. Joining wood with adhesives. Includes a chart which classifies hard and softwood species according to their gluing properties.
WOODENBOAT #44 Jan-Feb 1982 pg. 133

Getting the most out of resorcinol adhesive in boatbuilding.
WOODENBOAT #84 Sep-Oct 1988 pg. 52

Arabol, a latex-type adhesive made from milk. Tips on its use in boatbuilding.
WOODENBOAT #91 Nov-Dec 1989 pg. 111
Added Info WOODENBOAT #93 Mar-Apr 1990 pg. 9

Gluing wood. A review of the principles involved in achieving a strong, permanent bond between two wood surfaces. Looks at epoxy, water-based and organic solvent glues, and cross-linked polyvinyl acetate resins.
WOODENBOAT #119 Jul-Aug 1994 pg. 98

Tip: Add food coloring to glue so that it will be more visible and can be completely scraped off prior to staining wood.
WOODSMITH #17 Sep 1981 pg. 20

A note on the effect of freezing on unused aliphatic resin (yellow glues) and polyvinyl acetate glues (white glue).
WOODSMITH #20 Mar 1982 pg. 23

Tips on gluing oak without getting the black stain reaction caused by water, iron and tanin.
WOODSMITH #33 May-Jun 1984 pg. 23

Tip: Use blobs of hot glue to reattach waste pieces of wood when making compound cuts (such as a cabriole leg).
WOODSMITH #43 Jan-Feb 1986 pg. 3

Selecting the best woods, glues, and finishes for outdoor furniture. Some tips.
WOODSMITH #45 Jun 1986 pg. 13

Shelf life of yellow glues discussed.
WOODSMITH #63 Jun 1989 pg. 23

Tip tells how to revive dried-out pressure-sensitive adhesive.
WOODSMITH #106 Aug 1996 (v.18) pg. 5

Gluing gourmet. A discussion of the basic ingredients of the three categories of wood glue and factors that influence bonding.
WOODWORK #38 Apr 1996 pg. 68

An explanation of wood movement. Why cross-grained glue bonds eventually fail and how to lengthen their survivability.
WOODWORK #40 Aug 1996 pg. 55

Wood Science 101. Woodwork and the relative effects of humidity. An explanation of how moisture changes create stresses on glues and how it effects gluing decisions.
WOODWORK #40 Aug 1996 pg. 56

Gluing-up. Gluing procedures, clamping, jointing and squaring the materials. Tips on jointing wooden parts with glue.
WOODWORKER #1020 Nov 1978 (v.82) pg. 528

Glue and gluing. A look at the use of hot glues (animal glue or "Scotch" glue).
WOODWORKER #1043 Oct 1980 (v.84) pg. 666

Tips on gluing ebony.
WOODWORKER #1047 Feb 1981 (v.85) pg. 112

Adhesives for woodworkers: the state of the art. A guide to those glues which serve the woodworker best. Includes a simple arrangement for low-voltage heating to speed up glue setting.
WOODWORKER #1091 Oct 1984 (v.88) pg. 645, 649

Tip on using superglue as a "clamp" to hold parts together until slower-drying wood glue sets up.
WOODWORKER Aug 1988 (v.92#8) pg. 706

Tip on using animal glue to reinforce furniture pieces that have been weakened by beetle damage.
WOODWORKER Oct 1988 (v.92#10) pg. 939

Premium bonding. A comprehsive review of wood adhesives, typical applications, and new uses for traditional glues. Tips included on injecting glue into a loose joint, gluing veneer to curved surfaces, and cleaning off excess glue.
WOODWORKER Mar 1989 (v.93#3) pg. 212
Added Info WOODWORKER May 1989 (v.93#5) pg. 488
Added Info WOODWORKER Jun 1989 (v.93#6) pg. 584

Test of strength. Results of a woodworker's computerized testing and evaluating of the strength of various adhesives.
WOODWORKER Aug 1989 (v.93#8) pg. 706

Tip on selecting glues for laminating wood-turning blanks.
WOODWORKER Aug 1989 (v.93#8) pg. 735

Advice on the use of various adhesives to meet the needs of woodworkers.
WOODWORKER Mar 1991 (v.95#3) pg. 268

All stuck up. What is available in woodworking glues for cabinetmaking and tips on approaching a large glue-up project to avoid mistakes.
WOODWORKER Apr 1994 (v.98#4) pg. 76

The type of wood joint and its condition are major considerations in selecting a proper glue for repairing old furniture. Some tips.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Sep-Oct 1978 (v.2#5) pg. 4

Tips on gluing felt pads (and other fabric) to wood.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Jul-Aug 1981 (v.5#4) pg. 7

Tip: Use an old electric iron to speed up glue setting.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Jul-Aug 1981 (v.5#4) pg. 28

Restoring antiques. Some thoughts on glues and gluing.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Jan-Feb 1982 (v.6#1) pg. 12

Tip: Use pressure-sensitive sanding disc cement to install felt.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Sep-Oct 1982 (v.6#5) pg. 46

Tip: Use iodine to darken a glue line on dark colored wood.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Nov-Dec 1983 (v.7#6) pg. 66

Tip: Use food coloring to conceal glue used on dark woods.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Jan-Feb 1987 (v.11#1) pg. 62

Woodworking basics. On glues and gluing. Chart compares characteristics of ten different types of adhesives.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Nov-Dec 1987 (v.11#6) pg. 12
Added Info WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Jan-Feb 1988 (v.12#1) pg. 6

Gluing oily woods. A test of 7 different glues on oily tropical hardwoods to see what really works.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL May-Jun 1990 (v.14#3) pg. 18

Gluing up. Simple tools, careful preparation, and a little planning take the stress out of sticky work. Information on glue selection, clamps and clamping techniques, edge-gluing, gluing a mortise-and-tenon frame, gluing a carcase, seating dovetails, etc. Includes tips on making a gluing table for use with pipe clamps.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Sep-Oct 1994 (v.18#5) pg. 16

Holding power. A guide to gluing and clamping products. Includes an overview of the four broad categories of adhesives (synthetic resins, thermosets, contact cements and natural-protein glues). Instructions on how to apply adhesives and test an application for tensile, shear, cleavage and peal stresses. Describes correct preparation of bonding surfaces, mechanical assistance for edge, end-grain and frame joints and an overview of clamps.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Sep-Oct 1996 (v.20#5) pg. 39

A sticky problem. Advice on selecting the correct glue for the job in hand. Part 1.
WOODWORKING TODAY #30 Apr 1992 pg. 36

A sticky problem. Advice on selecting the correct glue for the job in hand. Part 2.
WOODWORKING TODAY #31 May 1992 pg. 46

Adhesives for the home workshop. Part 1.
WORKBENCH Nov-Dec 1968 (v.24#6) pg. 58

Where and how to use hot melt glue.
WORKBENCH Sep-Oct 1976 (v.32#5) pg. 74

A round-up of caulks, adhesives and mastics. Covers the types available and the advantages and disadvantages of each.
WORKBENCH Sep-Oct 1977 (v.33#5) pg. 54

Amount of glue and pressure needed to achieve a strong glue joint in wood is discussed.
WORKBENCH May-Jun 1988 (v.44#3) pg. 21

Tips on selecting a waterproof glue for outdoor wooden furniture.
WORKBENCH May-Jun 1989 (v.45#3) pg. 19

Tip on using rubbing alcohol to clean surfaces before gluing or painting.
WORKBENCH Sep-Oct 1990 (v.46#5) pg. 56

A guide to wood gluing. Includes a chart of glue characteristics, wood movement basics, and dealing with glue splotching.
WORKBENCH Dec 1994-Jan 1995 (v.50#6) pg. 68

Outdoor glues. Advice on selecting the right one.
WORKBENCH Aug 1997 (v.53#4) pg. 33

ADOBE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ADOBE
sa   RAMMED EARTH CONSTRUCTION
xx   BRICK
xx   BUILDING MATERIAL
xx   CONCRETE

A look at building with adobe.
AMERICANA May-Jun 1977 (v.5#2) pg. 42

Add-on foundations. How to think through the planning and construction. Details for (1) waterproofing existing or new foundations, (2) insulating crawl spaces, (3) flat slab foundations, (4) wood foundations, (5) brick veneer, and (6) adobe brick construction.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #277 Mar 1987 (v.37#3) pg. 60

Building a contemporary adobe home. Insulation, a greenhouse and solar panels are incorporated into this modern version.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #5 Oct-Nov 1981 pg. 48

Rescuing an old adobe. How an architect reclaimed a duplex by drying out the site and stabilizing the foundation.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #22 Aug-Sep 1984 pg. 40

Building with pumice-crete (a lightweight, insulating concrete) to simulate adobe construction.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #77 Oct-Nov 1992 pg. 55

Recipe for an adobe block that includes an asphalt emulsion. It is contained in a larger article about a couple who build an adobe home in northern Ontario, Canada.
HARROWSMITH COUNTRY LIFE #131 Dec 1996 (v.21) pg. 32

A look at an 80% solar-powered adobe home in Santa Fe, New Mexico.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #59 Sep-Oct 1979 pg. 113

The owner-built adobe house. Part 3. Making adobe bricks.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #68 Mar-Apr 1981 pg. 50

The owner-built adobe house. Part 4. Putting up the adobe walls.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #69 May-Jun 1981 pg. 112

How we built an adobe home. One couple's experiences building a 24x28-ft. adobe home in West Virginia. Estimated cost: $900.
NEW SHELTER Apr 1980 (v.1#3) pg. 12

All about adobe and adobe house styles.
OLD-HOUSE JOURNAL Dec 1982 (v.10#12) pg. 247, 259, 261

A look at the adobes of New Mexico and some examples of today's solar adobe homes.
SUNSET Jul 1978 (v.161#1) pg. 82

Tip on building simulated adobe-style interior walls with ordinary studs and gypsum board.
SUNSET Jan 1990 (v.184#1) pg. 88

ADZE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ADZE
xx   AXE
xx   TOOL

Useful tools can be made from old car springs. (1) Bark peeler. (2) Froe. (3) Hand adze or scorp.
COUNTRYSIDE & SMALL STOCK JOURNAL Jul-Aug 1990 (v.74#4) pg. 45

Broadaxe and adze. How to sharpen and use them.
EARLY AMERICAN LIFE Oct 1984 (v.15#5) pg. 61

Making and using a Northwest Coast adze. Other styles of adze are discussed.
FINE WOODWORKING #63 Mar-Apr 1987 pg. 58

The Indian adze. An easily made tool from out of the past. How to forge the blade and attach it to a natural handle made from a forked tree limb.
POPULAR WOODWORKING #54 May 1990 (v.9#6) pg. 29

Roughing tools. A look at the design and use of the adze, axe and hatchet.
POPULAR WOODWORKING #79 Jul 1994 (v.14#1) pg. 24

Tips on sharpening an adze.
WOODWORKER #1068 Nov 1982 (v.86) pg. 807

Tip: Modify a jack plane to simulate adze marks on beams or furniture.
WOODWORKER #1079 Oct 1983 (v.87) pg. 653

Homemade adze. (1) Adze made from a brick hammer. (2) Traditional adze made from a suitable tree branch equipped with a heavy plane iron cutting head.
WOODWORKER Nov 1987 (v.91#11) pg. 1015

AFGHAN entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AFGHAN
sa   AFGHAN -- CROCHETED
sa   AFGHAN -- KNITTED
sa   AFGHAN -- WOVEN
sa   BEDSPREAD
sa   BLANKET
x   LAP ROBE
x   THROW
xx   BLANKET

A variety of items to make from leather include a suede patchwork throw with pieces joined by crochet.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jan 1974 (v.52#1) pg. 50, 90

Pennsylvania Dutch hex designs to machine applique on pillows and a throw. Est. cost for four pillows and a throw: $22.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1979 (v.57#7) pg. 55, 68

Patchwork throw made from upholstery remnants joined with featherstitching and backed with velour. Estimated cost: $28.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1981 (v.59#7) pg. 71, 120

Make a lap throw by stenciling an army surplus blanket.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jan 1982 (v.60#1) pg. 43, 58

Recycled-wool throw and pillows. Transform your out-of-fashion wool clothing into a warm five-foot-square throw and matching pillows. Est. cost: $82.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1982 (v.60#7) pg. 39, 60

Folk art afghan. Dress up a blanket with colorful felt motifs. Bind the edges and add bright tassels to the corners. Est. cost: $79.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Feb 1983 (v.61#2) pg. 37, 46

Sampler afghan consists of 30 squares of fabric randomly joined with knitted and crocheted squares. Finished size: 50"x60".
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Oct 1983 (v.61#10) pg. 108, 154

Make a blue wool throw with crocheted edging. Finished throw measures 60"x 60". Est. cost: $32.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Mar 1985 (v.63#3) pg. 109, 166

Fringed applique afghan has felt flowers in each corner. Est. cost: $29.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1987 (v.65#7) pg. 87, 146

Wool fabric throw is embellished with hearts-and-flowers felt cutouts and French knots. Est. cost: $15.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1988 (v.66#7) pg. 88, 91

Amish-style lap robe is sewn from strips of wool in traditional Amish colors. Est. cost: $25.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1989 (v.67#7) pg. 57, 58

Pieced lap robe has Kokopeli figure appliqued in the center with zigzag borders on top and bottom. Matching pillow (12" square) has diagonal zigzags.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1991 (v.69#7) pg. 54, 64, 67

Twelve Days of Christmas motifs to cross-stitch on a purchased afghan.
CRAFTS Nov 1991 (v.14#11) pg. 28, 71

Afghan (40"x50") is decorated with cross stitched floral wreath motifs. Six patterns included.
CRAFTS Mar 1994 (v.17#3) pg. 32, 55

Stitch-a-pansy afghan (38"x55") made from evenweave is divided into squares by rows of twisted-ribbon embroidery. Alternating squares are cross-stitched with pansy motifs.
CRAFTS May 1996 (v.19#5) pg. 38, 41

Wintertime afghan. Cross-stitch motifs of cardinals, evergreens and moose on purchased evenweave afghan fabric.
CRAFTS Dec 1998-Jan 1999 (v.21#12) pg. 24, Insert

Floral cross-stitch afghan Part 1. Intermediate skill level. Three squares.(1) Personalized square with "Wrought In the year ..." and floral motifs in the corners. (2) Impatiens in a basket. (3) Geraniums in clay pot.
CROSS STITCH SAMPLER Summer 1991 (v.9#2) pg. 6

Floral cross-stitch afghan. Part 2. Intermediate skill level. Three squares. (1) Lilacs. (2) Rose hips. (3) Canterbury Bells.
CROSS STITCH SAMPLER Fall 1991 (v.9#3) pg. 14

Fringed afghan features a 15" tall cross-stitched motif of Saint Nicholas with a bag of toys and a Yule tree. "Merry Christmas" message is cross-stitched across the bottom in 4.5" tall letters. border is accented with drawn-thread work. Intermediate skill level.
CROSS STITCH SAMPLER Winter 1991 (v.9#4) pg. 4

Floral cross-stitch afghan. Part 3. Intermediate skill level. Three squares. (1) Magnolia, (2) Rose Gallica, (3) Gladiolus-Freesia.
CROSS STITCH SAMPLER Winter 1991 (v.9#4) pg. 29

Lined throw made from fake suede is 45" square.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 1 1979 (v.92#15) pg. 93, 144

Coffee-n-cream cross-stitch afgan consists of sixteen 13"x16" blocks that are embroidered and then sewn together.
FAMILY CIRCLE Jul 1 1981 (v.94#9) pg. 74

Susan Bate's hairpin lace afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 15 1983 (v.96#16) pg. 151, 230

Twenty-five gorgeous afghans to make. Directions included for 11. Free directions must be ordered for others. Includes everything from charming granny squares to a sophisticated Oriental design.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Oct 1981 (v.193#4) pg. 150

Leopard-print throw is lined with paisley fabric.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Nov 1989 (v.209#5) pg. 136, 298

Cross-stitched afghan features favorite toys from long ago in each of the 12 panels. Measures 56"x84".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1983 (v.28#6) pg. 72, 102

Winners in the Christmas afghan contest. Instructions for 3 decorative wall hung afghans included.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1984 (v.29#4) pg. 94, 4, 16, 28

Lap robe, 35"x43", features autumn cross-stitch motifs of a hare and oak branches.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1987 (v.32#4) pg. 52, 76

Lap robe, 42" square, has a center panel of pinwheel patchwork and a machine-quilted border.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1987 (v.32#4) pg. 56, 80

Plaid stadium robe is made by needleweaving a "Lasetta" ground cloth with yarn.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1987 (v.32#4) pg. 60, 92

"Flowers of the Holy Land" afghan. Twelve different floral sprays are cross-stitched on a 43"x54" afghan made from polyacrylic fabric.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1988 (v.33#3) pg. 66, 90

Victorian lace and velvet throw is appliqued on a mattress pad.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Mar-Apr 1980 (v.3#2) pg. 17, 46

Lap blanket is made from a square of 54" or 60" wide wool fabric, backed and edged with coordinating fabric and lined with polyester sheet batting.
SUNSET Oct 1986 (v.177#4) pg. 140

Prizewinning afghans and coverlets. Photos of the 11 winning designs and instructions for making some of them.
WOMAN'S DAY Mar 10 1981 (v.44#7) pg. 64

Striped hairpin lace afghan, 48"x52".
WORKBASKET Oct 1979 (v.45#1) pg. 19

AFGHAN -- CROCHETED entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AFGHAN -- CROCHETED
xx   AFGHAN
xx   CROCHETING

How to crochet a granny-square afghan.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jan 1973 (v.51#1) pg. 52, 81

How to crochet a contemporary two-color afghan. Six different patterns for 10" squares are given. Est. cost: $48.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1977 (v.55#7) pg. 114, 152

How to crochet a granny-square afghan. Complete instructions included.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Oct 1977 (v.55#10) pg. 136, 226

Crocheted afghan is worked on the diagonal. Finished piece measures 50"x62".
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Sep 1979 (v.57#9) pg. 51, 142

How to make a chenille granny square afghan.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jan 1980 (v.58#1) pg. 37, 135

Simple crocheted afghan worked from yarn scraps in single crochet with a picot edging.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Feb 1981 (v.59#2) pg. 101, 146

Rose pattern crocheted afghan. Finished size: 58"x70".
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Mar 1982 (v.60#3) pg. 48, 119

Great-Granny afghan crocheted with scraps of 4-ply knitting yarn equivalent to eleven skeins. Finished size: 48" square. Est. cost: $16.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1982 (v.60#7) pg. 34, 44

Instructions for a crocheted afghan featuring "Grandmother's Flower Garden" pattern.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Nov 1982 (v.60#11) pg. J12

Off-white afghan worked entirely in a double crochet variation. Measures 49"x63". Est. cost: $16.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Feb 1984 (v.62#2) pg. 34, 48

Crocheted afghan, 60"x50", combines crocheted popcorn stitch and openwork pattern squares. Est. cost: $25.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Mar 1986 (v.64#3) pg. 81, 162

Rainbow afghan to crochet. Est. cost: $9.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1987 (v.65#7) pg. 68, 110

"Diamond" afghan is made from 55 crocheted diamond shapes. Butterfly motifs are cross-stitched on 12 panels. Est. cost: $35.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1987 (v.65#7) pg. 74, 118

Twenty squares worked in single crochet are joined to create an afghan. Beginner project.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jan 1988 (v.66#1) pg. 33

Crocheted lap robe, 48"x61", is made up of sixty-three 7" blocks in a floral motif.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Sep 1988 (v.66#9) pg. 111, 119

"Square-in-a-Square" afghan, in double-crochet, is an updated version of a granny-square afghan. Est. cost: $25.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1989 (v.67#7) pg. 57, 58

Strip-pieced afghan is crocheted from yarn scraps.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Sep 1989 (v.67#9) pg. 96, 113

"Yipes, Stripes" crocheted afghan.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Dec 1989 (v.67#12) pg. 63, 70

Vine and Lace afghan (48"x62") is crocheted in panels of lace and single crochet. Flowering vines are cross-stitched on the single crochet panels.
CRAFTS Apr 1991 (v.14#4) pg. 34

Popcorn afghan. A red, white, and blue version of the granny square afghan has a circle of popcorn stitches at the center of each square. Finished size is 44"x52".
CRAFTS Jul 1991 (v.14#7) pg. 60

Warm up America, a project to make afghans to give to the homeless to keep them warm. Knit and crochet patterns for knitting 7"x9" afghan squares.
CRAFTS Sep 1992 (v.15#9) pg. 86

Christmas Rose granny square afghan (46"x56") to crochet.
CRAFTS Nov 1992 (v.15#11) pg. 52

Two-color afghan (50"x68"). Three V crochet pattern panels are bordered by strips with a linear pattern.
CRAFTS Feb 1993 (v.16#2) pg. 70

Trip around the world crocheted afghan.
CRAFTS Sep 1994 (v.17#9) pg. 44

Granny's path afghan (84"x112"). Crochet mini granny squares into "quilt-like" blocks to make a bed-size afghan.
CRAFTS Sep 1995 (v.18#9) pg. 44, 51

Granny puff crochet afghan (48"x58"). Classic granny square features a raised popcorn stitch worked in two colors.
CRAFTS Oct 1995 (v.18#10) pg. 70

Ombre ripples afghan (49"x68") is worked entirely in double crochet stitches and is a suitable project for a beginner.
CRAFTS Mar 1996 (v.19#3) pg. 72

Maple leaf afghan (52"x58" plus fringe) is worked in double-chain stitch. Maple leaves are crocheted in chenille and appliqued all around the border of the afghan.
CRAFTS Sep 1996 (v.19#9) pg. 26

Hearts Aplenty afghan (44"x65") is crocheted in shell stitch using three shades of yarn to form a pattern of interlocking hearts.
CRAFTS Feb 1997 (v.20#2) pg. 20, 51

Rose Garden afghan (46"x62") is crocheted in squares with raised variegated roses against a leaf background.
CRAFTS Mar 1997 (v.20#3) pg. 18, 49

Pretty Posies All In A Row afghan (48"x60") to crochet.
CRAFTS Jun 1997 (v.20#6) pg. 66

Sunflower afghan (52"x58") is worked entirely in single crochet stitch and features rows of large sunflower motifs.
CRAFTS Sep 1997 (v.20#9) pg. 20, 55

Rainbow afghan (59" square) is crocheted with the motif of a rainbow arching over a bed of flowers.
CRAFTS Feb 1998 (v.21#2) pg. 20, 43

Bloomin' Beauty afghan (51"x61") to crochet features tri-petal flowers amid a lacy background. Intermediate skill level.
CRAFTS May 1998 (v.21#5) pg. 28, 51

Handkerchief hem afghan (44"x59") is made up of 151 double-crocheted squares. Intermediate skill level.
CRAFTS Sep 1998 (v.21#9) pg. 32

Weekend afghan (45"x60") is crocheted using a large-size Q hook and four strands of yarn.
CRAFTS Nov 1998 (v.21#11) pg. 46

Ripples and rosebuds afghan is crocheted in a traditional ripple pattern. Rosebuds, in two shades of coral, are crocheted in pairs on each chevron.
CRAFTS May 1999 (v.22#4) pg. 22

Crocheted eyelet afghan (56"x63").
CREATIVE IDEAS FOR LIVING Jan-Feb 1990 (v.21#1) pg. 42, 80

Crocheted trellis afghan (62"x56").
CREATIVE IDEAS FOR LIVING May-Jun 1990 (v.21#3) pg. 80

Crocheted afghan (43"x43") features the coloration and pattern of the old Amish quilt design "Trip Around the World".
CREATIVE IDEAS FOR LIVING Sep-Oct 1990 (v.21#5) pg. 23

How to crochet an afghan of brightly colored squares that resemble a patchwork quilt.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Sep 1977 (v.8#7) pg. 42, 96
Correction DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Dec 1977 (v.8#10) pg. 8

Pennsylvania Dutch Afghan is worked in the afghan stitch in bright colored blocks. Patterns for hearts, birds, tulips and other flowers furnished.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Sep 1978 (v.9#7) pg. 40

Afghan squares are crocheted diagonally.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS May 1980 (v.11#4) pg. 42, 53

A quilt-block afghan to crochet. Two patterns furnished. (1) Straight furrow. (2) Barn raising.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Sep 1980 (v.11#7) pg. 66

Medallion afghan. The 656 small (2") medallions are worked in 22 colors and sewn together. Ends are trimmed with knotted fringe.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Nov 1980 (v.11#9) pg. 50

An afghan sampler to crochet. Each block features a different crochet stitch.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jan-Feb 1981 (v.12#1) pg. 90

Make this crocheted intarsia afghan with a flower cart motif.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS May 1981 (v.12#4) pg. 48

Crochet a mohair textured (seafoam) afghan.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jun 1981 (v.12#5) pg. 10

Folk art florals to stitch or paint. (1) Crocheted afghan and pillow set. (2) Tole-painted lantern.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Oct 1981 (v.12#8) pg. 66

Fluffy crocheted afghan and bed jacket.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Nov 1981 (v.12#9) pg. 80

An "Evergreens and Snow" afghan to crochet and cross-stitch.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Dec 1981 (v.12#10) pg. 38

Easy-to-make afghan "grows" quickly in rounds of familiar double crochet.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jan-Feb 1982 (v.13#1) pg. 36

Crocheted afghan and matching pillow with a stylized lamb motif.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Mar 1982 (v.13#2) pg. 57, 101

Rainbow afghan features stripes of 10 different colors worked in a loose tension crochet.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jun 1982 (v.13#5) pg. 64

Crocheted "woven" afghan is made of a crocheted striped mesh with strands of yarn woven vertically through the mesh.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jul-Aug 1982 (v.13#6) pg. 91

Crocheted afghan is worked in chenille yarn in a simple variation of the lark's foot stitch.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Sep 1982 (v.13#7) pg. 38

Use popcorn stitch in crocheting a pumpkin-colored afghan.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Oct 1982 (v.13#8) pg. 6

Choose game bird designs to crochet, embroider and quilt. Includes instructions for: (1) Game bird wall quilt featuring ducks and cattails. (2) Crocheted game bird afghan featuring ducks.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Nov 1982 (v.13#9) pg. 85, 106

Rose garden afghan is 46"x60" and crocheted in squares that are clusters of nine roses of varying colors.
FAMILY CIRCLE Apr 24 1978 (v.91#5) pg. 108, 230

Snowflake afghan, 52"x76", is made from two sizes of snowflake pattern squares. Matching fringed pillow is made from smaller squares.
FAMILY CIRCLE Jan 9 1979 (v.92#1) pg. 14

Rosette afghan is a series of 108 squares with rosettes in the center of each.
FAMILY CIRCLE Apr 24 1979 (v.92#6) pg. 119, 162

Buttercup crocheted afghan is worked in squares with contrasting strips between squares and around the edge.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 20 1979 (v.92#16) pg. 96, 166

Six crocheted afghans. (1) Morning glory. (2) Black-eyed susans. (3) Blue daisies. (4) Violet bouquet. (5) Red roses. (6) Oleander.
FAMILY CIRCLE Mar 11 1980 (v.93#4) pg. 80, 152

Single-crochet sampler afghan and bolster to store it in.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 7 1980 (v.93#14) pg. 100, 132

Gardenia crocheted afghan. Measures 62"x74".
FAMILY CIRCLE Feb 24 1981 (v.94#3) pg. 72

Folk art crafts. Crocheted afghan incorporates the classic Log Cabin patchwork pattern.
FAMILY CIRCLE Sep 1 1981 (v.94#12) pg. 78, 114

Antique crochet patterns with a new twist of color. Swedish popcorn stitch bedspread, afghans, doilies, pillows, etc.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 13 1981 (v.94#14) pg. 112

Crocheted afghan (50"x70") is made from 4 pounds of leftover yarn from other projects.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 3 1981 (v.94#15) pg. 92, 131

Traditional granny square afghan and pillow top are crocheted in red and white. 45"x60" afghan requires 48 squares.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 3 1981 (v.94#15) pg. 99, 161

Afghans to crochet piece-by-piece. (1) Heart motif. (2) Tulip afghan. (3) Butterfly afghan. (4) Block motif. (5) Tile squares afghan. (6) Crocheted buttercup afghan. (7) Violet afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE Feb 2 1982 (v.95#2) pg. 76, 116

Afghans. (1) Crocheted floral afghan (50"x66") made from 8"x8" squares. (2). Crocheted baby afghan (27"x37") made from 5"x5" squares.
FAMILY CIRCLE May 18 1982 (v.95#7) pg. 126

Unique crocheted afghan and pillow feature large, stylized tulips in various colors.
FAMILY CIRCLE Jun 8 1982 (v.95#8) pg. 68

Victorian-style, crocheted white-roses afghan measures 53"x67".
FAMILY CIRCLE Sep 1 1982 (v.95#12) pg. 88, 116

Crocheted hexagon afghan worked in ruby, cream, and violet. Measures 51"x72". Est. cost: $16.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 26 1982 (v.95#15) pg. 98, 131

Crocheted afghan is decorated with two rows of baby chicks. Dimensions: 35"x45". Est. cost: $21.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 26 1982 (v.95#15) pg. 102, 150

Victorian spider-web crocheted afghan (50"x60") is tied with satin bows.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 16 1982 (v.95#16) pg. 112, 156

Crocheted afghan for a baby is threaded with gingham check. Measures 28"x36".
FAMILY CIRCLE Jan 25 1983 (v.96#2) pg. 75, 114

Log cabin crocheted afghan. Measures 54"x76".
FAMILY CIRCLE Mar 8 1983 (v.96#4) pg. 98, 120

Five crocheted afghans resemble old favorite designs, but they are worked with the latest yarns and techniques.
FAMILY CIRCLE Apr 19 1983 (v.96#6) pg. 104, 165

Crocheted flower afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE May 31 1983 (v.96#8) pg. 100

Afghan made from individually crocheted 3" squares.
FAMILY CIRCLE Aug 2 1983 (v.96#11) pg. 122, 128

Ruffled afghan is crocheted in Orlon knitting worsted and synthetic mohair for contrasting texture.
FAMILY CIRCLE Aug 23 1983 (v.96#12) pg. 74, 112

Man-size crocheted afghan (53"x72") is made from 12 giant (17") squares.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 25 1983 (v.96#15) pg. 96, 144

Caron's crocheted striped popcorn afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 15 1983 (v.96#16) pg. 148, 200

Bucilla's crocheted daisy afghan. All crochet, no loom to buy.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 15 1983 (v.96#16) pg. 149, 206

National's crocheted geometric afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 15 1983 (v.96#16) pg. 151, 230

Afghan art. Crochet simple white squares with colored borders. Then, decorate the center with stenciled designs. Includes patterns for iris, duck decoy, and Pennsylvania Dutch.
FAMILY CIRCLE Mar 6 1984 (v.97#4) pg. 72, 92

Crocheted afghan features a unique medallion and stripe design.
FAMILY CIRCLE Apr 17 1984 (v.97#6) pg. 19

Three afghans to crochet. (1) Pastel granny square afghan. (2) Tea rose afghan and pillow. (3) Giant granny square afghan (56"x56") with fringe.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 2 1984 (v.97#14) pg. 82, 107

Blue Diamond afghan (66"x47") is crocheted in raised treble stitch. Panels of open diamond motifs are separated by panels of raised ribs.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] Jun-Jul 1996 (v.40#3) pg. 82
Correction FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] Aug-Sep 1996 (v.40#4) pg. 4

Granny ripple afghan (42"x56") is crocheted in a shell-based pattern with a four-row repeat. Edges are finished in a lacy shell motif.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] Aug-Sep 1996 (v.40#4) pg. 42

Elephant afghan to crochet (53"x34") has 12 squares with grey and pink elephant motifs against a white background. Separately crocheted trunks are sewn to the elephants.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] May-Jun 1997 (v.41#3) pg. 20

Heather afghan (46"x69") is crocheted in squares. Four squares are then joined into a larger square. Finished afghan has four strips of six large squares.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] Jul-Aug 1997 (v.41#4) pg. 12

Diamond afghan to crochet (49"x60") resembles an argyle pattern.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] May-Jun 1998 (v.42#3) pg. 34

Herb-garden afghan has diamonds with herbs embroidered on them. Embroidery patterns for chives, thyme, chiccory and caraway included.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Feb 1978 (v.186#2) pg. 122, 164

Two blue-on-white afghans. (1) Dutch Tiles, with afghan-stitch panels embroidered with a Delft-like pattern, measures 47"x68". (2) Meissen, with crocheted squares sewn in strips and bordered with embroidered afghan-stitch panels, measures 40"x64".
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Apr 1978 (v.186#4) pg. 156, 252

Nostalgic Fan afghan is crocheted in mohair.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Feb 1979 (v.188#2) pg. 130, 182

Animal Kingdom afghan is 65"x66" and is worked all in single crochet. Pattern has a row of zebras, a row of elephants, a row of lions and a row of camels.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING May 1979 (v.188#5) pg. 169, 194

Irish rose afghan blooms with dozens of dainty crocheted flowers stitched on a lacy mesh background. Measures 58"x71".
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Apr 1981 (v.192#4) pg. 140

Bridal afghan. A hearts-and-roses keepsake to commemorate the special day. Crocheted in afghan stitch, including the wedding vow, initials, date, and doves.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Jun 1982 (v.194#6) pg. 162, 270

Poinsettia partners to crochet. Appliqued design has embroidered center. Pillow is 20" square. Afghan is 48"x64".
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Nov 1982 (v.195#5) pg. 192, 337

"Counting sheep" afghan (44"x60") and matching pillow to single crochet.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Nov 1983 (v.197#5) pg. 174, 344

Crochet a 42"x54" afghan featuring blocks of trumpeting angels and French horns. Matching pillows.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Nov 1985 (v.201#5) pg. 156, 292

Antique rose-pattern afghan to single-crochet, square by square.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Apr 1990 (v.210#4) pg. 132, 273

Vanna White's tea time afghan (44"x66") features tea cup motifs.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Jan 1995 (v.220#1) pg. 136

Herb garden afghan is worked in diamonds, with each containing an embroidered herb. Patterns for chives, chicory, thyme and caroway included. Afghan is 58" wide & 64" long, plus fringe.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Spring-Summer 1978 pg. 46, 135

Fan afghan is crocheted in pastel shades of mohair.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Spring-Summer 1979 pg. 60, 125

Cape Cod coverlet is crocheted in a popcorn stitch with leaf and diamond accents.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Fall 1979-Winter 1980 pg. 52, 143

Star afghan, 54"x62", is crocheted in afghan stitch and embroidered in cross stitch.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Fall 1979-Winter 1980 pg. 59, 145

Village afghan. Each square is cross-stitched with a pattern (floral bouquets, school house, city hall, houses).
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Spring-Summer 1980 pg. 71, 139

Plaid afghan has a crocheted base with chains of yarn woven through the openings.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Fall 1980-Winter 1981 pg. 58, 130

Dogwood afghan crocheted in 9" squares. Finished size: 48x66".
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Spring-Summer 1981 pg. 67, 128

Crocheted afghan, 44"x66" plus fringe, is interwoven with ribbon.
HANDMADE 2/1986 pg. 41, 49

V-striped afghan, 36"x46", is worked in pastel colors.
LADIES HOME JOURNAL NEEDLE & CRAFT Fall-Winter 1978 (v.9#1) pg. 54, 98

Large (90"x108") granny square afghan with fringe on all four sides.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Fall 1978 (v.23#3) pg. 107, 80

Child's Christmas afghan is crocheted in twelve blocks, one for each of the "twelve days of Christmas".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Winter 1978 (v.23#4) pg. 20, 104

Lacy openwork pattern afghan with ruffled border.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Spring 1979 (v.24#1) pg. 86, 134

An afghan to crochet a square at a time. Patterns for crocheted-in tulips, bluebells, roses and daisies are furnished. Alternating squares are solids and stripes.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Summer 1979 (v.24#2) pg. 44, 90

Christmas Rose afghan is crocheted in squares of single crochet with popcorn borders. Roses are embroidered on finished squares.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Winter 1979 (v.24#4) pg. 70, 34

Fringed crocheted afghan, 54"x69", and matching pillow are worked in a geometric pattern in popcorn crochet on afghan stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Winter 1979 (v.24#4) pg. 113, 32

Heart pattern afghan is worked in single crochet and cross-stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Spring 1980 (v.25#1) pg. 110, 52

Heirloom flower afghan. Blossoms are crocheted with pecot centers and linked with chain loop stars.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Fall 1980 (v.25#3) pg. 107, 168

Tapestry afghan is crocheted in afghan stitch and then a reindeer scene is embroidered in counted cross-stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Winter 1980 (v.25#4) pg. 92, 6

Filet crochet afghan has heart patterns and is outlined with interlaced ribbon.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan-Feb 1981 (v.26#1) pg. 98, 44

Field of Flowers afghan and matching pillow are worked in hexagons with raised circles in the middle.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Mar-Apr 1981 (v.26#2) pg. 54, 115

Chromatic crochet. Two step-pattern crocheted afghans worked in a wide range of colors.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jul-Aug 1981 (v.26#4) pg. 84, 36, 30

Log Cabin patchwork afghan is crocheted from twenty blocks. Finished size: 60x75".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Sep-Oct 1981 (v.26#5) pg. 72, 22

Della Robbia afghan.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1981 (v.26#6) pg. 82

Crocheted afghan (46"x66") consists of chain stitch panels of white joined to colorful "flower squares" which are a variation of the granny square.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan-Feb 1982 (v.27#1) pg. 86, 57

Large, lacy flowers in Irish-type crochet alternate in rows across this afghan (48"x63").
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan-Feb 1982 (v.27#1) pg. 88, 52

Baby blocks, a simple but graphic patchwork pattern, is worked in crocheted diamonds. The blocks are then sewn together for a bold afghan that creates a myriad of optical illusions.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Mar-Apr 1982 (v.27#2) pg. 58, 101

Lone Star pattern afghan is crocheted in the shape of an octagon. Finished size is 80" across.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Mar-Apr 1982 (v.27#2) pg. 59, 12

Crocheted pillow (15" square) and afghan (50"x66") feature stylized tulips.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS May-Jun 1982 (v.27#3) pg. 48, 82, 83

Full-size afghan is crocheted in Fair Isle patterns.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jul-Aug 1982 (v.27#4) pg. 79, 116

Afghan-stitch and cross-stitch are combined on this flower-pattern afghan you crochet in strips and join with chain loop "fagoting". Matching pillow and Christmas stocking included.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1982 (v.27#6) pg. 58, 90

Log cabin patchwork pattern is featured in this crocheted afghan. Measures 56"x56".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1982 (v.27#6) pg. 61, 105

The "12 Days of Christmas" afghan. The twelve motifs are cross-stitched on afghan-stitch crochet. Measures 50"x68".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1982 (v.27#6) pg. 67, 92

Prize winning designs in the Four Seasons afghan contest. Includes instructions for (1) Winter (House and sleigh). (2) Spring (Basket of flowers). (3) Summer (Sailboat on lake). (4) Fall (Ducks in cattails).
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1982 (v.27#6) pg. 68

Morning glories are cross-stitched on this crocheted afghan (58"x65").
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Mar-Apr 1983 (v.28#2) pg. 52, 106

A "field of flowers" crocheted afghan is worked in hexagon-shaped blocks. Measures 58"x80".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS May-Jun 1983 (v.28#3) pg. 64

Heirloom afghan combines squares made by cross-stitch and crochet.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jul-Aug 1983 (v.28#4) pg. 96, 97

How to make a "cross stitched" afghan without stitching. Just crochet 12 squares and then stencil them using pre-cut stencils and fabric paints.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Mar-Apr 1984 (v.29#2) pg. 82

Navy and natural afghan is reminiscent of an old-fashioned woven throw. Measures 46"x60".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1984 (v.29#4) pg. 76, 123

Four Christmas afghans to make as wall hangings. Two of them show Santa and his reindeer. One is a large Santa head and one is a Christmas tree.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1984 (v.29#5) pg. 84, 114, 118, 120, 121

Crochet a "Christmas list" afghan and embroider with cross-stitch. Measures 58"x76".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1984 (v.29#6) pg. 72, 90

Crochet a 62"x56" afghan with cross-stitched flowers.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1985 (v.30#1) pg. 98, 99

Tri-color, chevron-pattern afghan to knit or crochet.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1985 (v.30#4) pg. 68, 22, 109

Twin-bed sized afghan (42"x62") crocheted in "medallion" squares.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1985 (v.30#6) pg. 58, 96

Crocheted settee and chair cushions and matching afghan are worked in a two-colored, textured stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1986 (v.31#1) pg. 71, 26, 66, 115

Crocheted pineapple-motif afghan, 50"x74".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1986 (v.31#2) pg. 55, 98

Folk-art afghan is crocheted in afghan stitch. A vine and bird motif is embroidered on the three panels.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1986 (v.31#4) pg. 64, 104

Crocheted "Tumbling Blocks" afghan, 40"x46".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1986 (v.31#5) pg. 74, 52

Poinsettia medallion bands are alternated with ripple-stitch crocheted bands to make a 40"x64" afghan.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1986 (v.31#6) pg. 52, 20

Southwestern-inspired crafts. (1) A variety of plain baskets are painted with geometric motifs to look like handwoven Indian designs. (2) Patchwork table runner, 18"x36". (3) Crocheted afghan, 57"x60", is worked in traditional Mexican blanket patterns. (4) Painted wooden Navajo Indian children and tiny sheep figurines.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1987 (v.32#3) pg. 60, 4, 78, 79

Classic argyle afghan worked in single and double crochet.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1987 (v.32#6) pg. 48, 12

"Moroccan Tile" afghan, 51"x43", features stylized flowers and checkerboard squares and is crocheted in afghan stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan 1988 (v.33#1) pg. 37, 71

"Field of Diamonds" crocheted afghan measures 42"x60".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan 1988 (v.33#1) pg. 38, 75

Easy-to-crochet textured-pattern afghan measures 55"x68".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan 1988 (v.33#1) pg. 47, 82

"Tulip Time" afghan, 46"x57", in single and double crochet features two-color textured bands, openwork edging and rows of cross-stitched tulip motifs.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1988 (v.33#3) pg. 74, 107

Floral filet-crochet throw, 37"x46", has alternating panels of eyelet diamond motifs. Floral motifs are accented with outlines of embroidery.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1988 (v.33#4) pg. 44, 37

Crocheted throw, 44"x48", has panels of bobbles alternating with panels in afghan stitch that are cross-stitched with a floral motif.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1988 (v.33#5) pg. 61, 16

Geometric-design crocheted afghan.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Sep 1988 (v.33#6) pg. 42, 26

Multi-color granny-square afghan, 90"x108". Pattern was originally published in Fall 1978 issue of McCalls magazine.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Sep 1988 (v.33#6) pg. 58, 26

"Blocks of Color" crocheted throw, 46"x54", is worked in rows of single crochet and finished with a double-crochet border of blocks and stripes.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1988 (v.33#7) pg. 45, 31

"Starry Night" throw, 38"x50", is crocheted in blocks of four-pointed bobble stars. Ends are fringed.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1988 (v.33#7) pg. 48, 40

Two-color crocheted afghan, 51"x67", is made up of blocks with a pinwheel motif.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1989 (v.34#1) pg. 70, 23

Easy-to-crochet afghan, 48"x68", resembles a colorful patchwork quilt.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1989 (v.34#3) pg. 60, 16

Crocheted throw or afghan (41"x45") lends a 19th century touch with its airy lace patterning and delicate fringe.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1990 (v.35#1) pg. 67, 107

Rose petal afghan to crochet (48"x56").
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1990 (v.35#3) pg. 56, 78

Kilim afghan (46"x63") to crochet is inspired by ethnic rugs woven for centuries in the Mideast. Diamond-patterned squares are worked in an assortment of colors and joined asymmetrically. Finish with blue sashing and fringe.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1990 (v.35#4) pg. 45, 77

Soft decorator afghan (44"x55") is worked in single crochet decorated with front post stitches and crocheted floral clusters.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1990 (v.35#5) pg. 65, 98

Tipped granny square afghan (48"x60") to crochet.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1991 (v.36#1) pg. 58, 82

Plaid afghan (54"x64") is worked in double crochet in white and shades of lavender to resemble a gingham fabric.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1991 (v.37#1) pg. 42, 70

Crocheted mosaic afghan (50"x60") with long fringe is worked in an openwork mesh and interwoven with bundles of yarn.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1991 (v.37#3) pg. 60, 69

Crocheted shell afghan (45"x62") is worked in three colors.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1991 (v.37#3) pg. 63, 73

Crocheted hexagon afghan (44"x64"), a variation on the ever-popular granny square, features white centers and borders on the brightly colored hexagons that are joined only at their points.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1991 (v.37#5) pg. 67, 78

Autumn Blossoms afghan (46"x64") is crocheted in a yellow stripes, separated by blue rows of bobbles, which also accent the edge.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1991 (v.37#5) pg. 67, 80

Crocheted afghan (50"x60") has a colorful popcorn-stitch border.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1991 (v.37#6) pg. 46, 50

Checkered blocks afghan (50"x72") in a single color has alternating squares crocheted in afghan stitch and slip-stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1991 (v.37#6) pg. 46, 48

Richly textured afghan (62"X84") and matching pillow (18"X18") are crocheted in afghan stitch to look like Aran knitting. Panels feature diamonds and zigzag patterns made of bobbles.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1992 (v.38#1) pg. 74

Crocheted floral afghan (44"x56") is worked in Tunisian crochet stitch. Flowers and vine motif are cross-stitched on white panels.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1992 (v.38#3) pg. 62

Ocean Waves crocheted afghan (48"x60").
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1992 (v.38#4) pg. 22

Autumn Luxury Persian-look afghan (54"x49") is crocheted sideways in an afghan pattern stitch in jewel tones of mohair.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1992 (v.38#5) pg. 24, 28

Aran crocheted afghan (50"x67").
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1993 (v.39#1) pg. 79, 82

Floral Garden crocheted afghan (48"x63").
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1993 (v.39#2) pg. 62, 84

"Fiesta" crocheted afghan has striped bands in five colors and a variety of pattern stitches. A project for a beginner.
NEEDLE & CRAFT Aug 1989 (v.12#4) pg. 48, 35

Three beautiful afghans to make from leftover yarn. (1) Crocheted block afghan worked in a patchwork design. (2) Diagonally striped knitted afghan. (3) Crocheted block afghan resembles a large quilt square.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Mar-Apr 1979 (v.2#2) pg. 40, 54

Grandmother's Afghan. Crocheted in a stripped herringbone pattern and incorporating a new stitch.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY May-Jun 1979 (v.2#3) pg. 41, 54

Flower Tile afghan.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jul-Aug 1980 (v.3#4) pg. 22, 57

Two styles of lap robes and matching pillows that simulate Amish quilts.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1981 (v.4#1) pg. 14

An array of projects for baby and nursery. (1-3) Apple, Flowers and Yellow Things quilts. (4) Clown wall hanging. (5) Clown rattle doll. (6) Crocheted afghan. (7) Crocheted cap and booties. (8) Fair Isle sweater, cap and booties.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY May-Jun 1981 (v.4#3) pg. 38

Jewel-tone afghan is crocheted in a mohair blend.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1983 (v.6#1) pg. 19, 51

Modern art granny square afghan and matching pillows to crochet.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Sep-Oct 1983 (v.6#5) pg. 18, 48

Crochet an afghan, or lap cover in "grandmother's fan" motif.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1984 (v.7#1) pg. 12, 41

Crochet a "hearts" and ruffles afghan. Measures 48" square.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1985 (v.8#1) pg. 10, 40

Crochet and cross-stitch a baby afghan (46"x35") and a matching pillow.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1985 (v.8#1) pg. 11, 41

Crochet a dotted Swiss afghan that measures 45"x65".
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1985 (v.8#1) pg. 52

Crochet a goodluck afghan with "cloverleaves and popcorn".
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Mar-Apr 1985 (v.8#2) pg. 9, 39

Crochet a 44"x70" lattice lace afghan.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY May-Jun 1985 (v.8#3) pg. 55

Three-color afghan is crocheted using a large (size Q) hook. Finished size: 60"x66".
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1986 (v.9#1) pg. 9, 41

Crocheted "Hearts & Flowers" afghan is worked in twenty blocks, which are then cross-stitched with heart and floral motifs. Finished size: 36"x55".
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Jan-Feb 1986 (v.9#1) pg. 17, 33, 47

"Flowertime" crocheted afghan. Each block is made up of four raised flowers. Emphasis is on using scrap yarn in as many colors as possible. Finished size: 50"x78".
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Mar-Apr 1986 (v.9#2) pg. 11

Crocheted afghan is worked in a double-crochet mesh. Then strands of handspun yarn are woven through the mesh.
SPIN-OFF Winter 1993 (v.17#4) pg. 84

How to crochet a reversible afghan with one color on one side and a second color on the reverse.
THREADS #51 Feb-Mar 1994 pg. 12
Added Info THREADS #55 Oct-Nov 1994 pg. 10

Rising Sun afghan.
WOMAN'S DAY Mar 27 1978 (v.41#8) pg. 34, 120

Confetti afghan, 66" square, is crocheted like a large granny square.
WOMAN'S DAY Oct 23 1978 (v.42#2) pg. 117, 198

Striped afghan to crochet is worked on the diagonal.
WOMAN'S DAY Nov 1 1979 (v.43#2) pg. 74, 114

Reversible lap robe in shell crochet.
WOMAN'S DAY Jan 15 1980 (v.43#5) pg. 112, 157

Four granny-square afghans with raised flowers in the center of some squares. (1) Delphinium. (2) Daisy. (3) Gardenia Lace. (4) Bed-of-Roses.
WOMAN'S DAY Feb 12 1980 (v.43#6) pg. 69, 102

Textured afghan.
WOMAN'S DAY Sep 23 1980 (v.43#15) pg. 44, 140

Striped afghan worked in double crochet.
WOMAN'S DAY Nov 4 1980 (v.44#2) pg. 91, 153

Summer afghan is crocheted in beige, pink, turquoise and green. Flower-centered granny squares (4"x4") make up the afghan.
WOMAN'S DAY Aug 11 1981 (v.44#13) pg. 78, 134

Starry night afghan is a crochet-by-square project.
WOMAN'S DAY Nov 3 1981 (v.45#2) pg. 78, 131

Scottish Tartan and Thistles crocheted afghan. Dimensions: 59"x61" plus fringe.
WOMAN'S DAY Jan 12 1982 (v.45#5) pg. 77, 100

Lace-struck granny afghan is assembled from single-crochet strips and granny squares.
WOMAN'S DAY Aug 10 1982 (v.45#13) pg. 78, 114

Afghan and matching pillow. Afghan made from 4 crochet triangles. Pillow made from 1 crochet triangle.
WOMAN'S DAY Aug 10 1982 (v.45#13) pg. 79, 117

Hand-crocheted afghan in double-crochet diamond pattern with ruffled border. Measures 52"x64".
WOMAN'S DAY Oct 26 1982 (v.46#2) pg. 78, 140

Crochet 5 different patchwork afghans. Instructions included for geese in flight, square-in-a-square, evening star, pinwheels, and the poinsettia.
WOMAN'S DAY Jan 10 1984 (v.47#5) pg. 68, 80

Crochet a granny-square and ripple paneled afghan. Measures 35"x52".
WOMAN'S DAY Dec 11 1984 (v.48#4) pg. 134, 184

Crocheted afghan is made up of squares in two colors in a triangle pattern. Completed afghan measures 56"x39".
WORKBASKET Jan 1978 (v.43#4) pg. 12

Stained glass pattern afghan is made of 176 triangles.
WORKBASKET Mar 1978 (v.43#6) pg. 47

Striped afghan is 46"x65" with three colors of stripes running the length of it, ending in knotted fringe.
WORKBASKET May 1978 (v.43#8) pg. 32

Four-color granny square afghan. Finished size is 54"x72".
WORKBASKET Jul 1978 (v.43#10) pg. 46

Giant granny square afghan to crochet.
WORKBASKET Aug 1979 (v.44#11) pg. 8

Six-petal flowers afghan crocheted in hexagon blocks.
WORKBASKET Jan 1980 (v.45#3) pg. 12

Crocheted rainbow afghan.
WORKBASKET Mar 1980 (v.45#5) pg. 8

Crocheted walnut shell afghan is striped with various yarn colors and textures.
WORKBASKET Sep 1980 (v.45#10) pg. 6

Prize-winning afghan is worked in double crochet with rows of ridges. Measures 50"x64".
WORKBASKET Oct 1980 (v.46#1) pg. 8

Warm Glow afghan is crocheted in four panels of subtle color-changing stripes. Trimmed with a cluster edging.
WORKBASKET Jan 1981 (v.46#3) pg. 6

Split Rail pattern afghan.
WORKBASKET Feb 1981 (v.46#4) pg. 34

Two-color afghan alternates solid color squares and two-color checked squares. Edge is bordered with a stripe.
WORKBASKET Feb 1981 (v.46#4) pg. 56

Scalloped ripple afghan.
WORKBASKET Oct 1981 (v.47#1) pg. 10

Country casual afghan and matching pillow.
WORKBASKET Oct 1981 (v.47#1) pg. 60

Afghan with raised diamond design looks like an Irish classic. Worked in afghan stitch with picots to make raised popcorn design.
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1981 (v.47#2) pg. 34

Colorful afghan is made of granny squares, each with two or more borders to give a more intricate look.
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1981 (v.47#2) pg. 46

Afghan of contrasting blocks.
WORKBASKET Jan 1982 (v.47#3) pg. 42

Fireside afghan in stripes that feature embroidered accents.
WORKBASKET Jan 1982 (v.47#3) pg. 51

Busy day afghan.
WORKBASKET Feb 1982 (v.47#4) pg. 64

Throw is crocheted in afghan stitch with cross stitch embroidery added for the design.
WORKBASKET Mar 1982 (v.47#5) pg. 16

Rainbow squares afghan.
WORKBASKET Aug 1982 (v.47#9) pg. 35

Madrid afghan is made up of squares that look like Spanish tile.
WORKBASKET Sep 1982 (v.47#10) pg. 18

Easy crocheted afghans composed of ambre-striped squares.
WORKBASKET Sep 1982 (v.47#10) pg. 20

Checquers afghan worked in a smocked afghan stitch.
WORKBASKET Oct 1982 (v.48#1) pg. 6

Mosaic panel afghan make of 6 panels of diamonds and borders. Finished size: 45"x64".
WORKBASKET Feb 1983 (v.48#4) pg. 90

Fruit medley afghan. Twelve squares, each featuring a different fruit shape applique, are sewn together to form a 52"x72" crocheted afghan.
WORKBASKET Mar 1983 (v.48#5) pg. 7

Crochet a striped popcorn afghan.
WORKBASKET Mar 1983 (v.48#5) pg. 31, 55

Large daisy patterns decorate this afghan and matching pillow.
WORKBASKET Apr 1983 (v.48#6) pg. 9, 11

"Recession" afghan uses leftover 4 ply worsted weight yarn from other projects.
WORKBASKET May 1983 (v.48#7) pg. 28

Cat's meow afghan. Crocheted afghan features mischievous cats playing with a ball of yarn. Measures 45"x63". Instructions for matching pillow included.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1983 (v.48#8) pg. 12

Trellis afghan has an "Indian" look. Worked in single and double crochet.
WORKBASKET Sep 1983 (v.48#10) pg. 16

Hairpin lace afghan measures 38"x64".
WORKBASKET Oct 1983 (v.49#1) pg. 10

Crocheted afghan and matching pillow with a strawberry pattern embroidered in cross stitch.
WORKBASKET Jan 1984 (v.49#3) pg. Cover, 6

Crocheted baby afghan in contrasting colors. Measures 32"x35" without the fringe. Included are instructions to make a Humpty Dumpty rattle.
WORKBASKET Feb 1984 (v.49#4) pg. 8

Crocheted heirloom afghan with diamond design. Measures 48"x72" without the fringe.
WORKBASKET Feb 1984 (v.49#4) pg. 14

Crocheted two color baby afghan is worked in shells and chains.
WORKBASKET Feb 1984 (v.49#4) pg. 58

Crochet a casual plaid afghan. Measures 57"x59" without the fringe.
WORKBASKET Feb 1984 (v.49#4) pg. 66

Crochet an afghan with a reversible "bubble" or popcorn texture. Measures 50"x60" without fringe.
WORKBASKET Apr 1984 (v.49#6) pg. 8

Crochet a complete outfit for baby. Included are a sweater, pants, a hat and an afghan appliqued with flowers.
WORKBASKET Apr 1984 (v.49#6) pg. 34

Crochet a baby afghan which measures 38"x50".
WORKBASKET Aug 1984 (v.49#9) pg. Cover, 6

Crochet and stencil afghan. Measures 54"x72".
WORKBASKET Oct 1984 (v.50#1) pg. Cover, 9

Crochet an afghan with a stripe pattern. Measures 50"x58" without the fringe.
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1984 (v.50#2) pg. 17

Crochet a 70"x52" afghan with matching roll pillow and a square pillow. Worked in single-chain stitch with a diagonal pattern of double chains every 14 stitches.
WORKBASKET Jan 1985 (v.50#3) pg. 10

Pineapple panel afghan in crochet measures 56"x66".
WORKBASKET Feb 1985 (v.50#4) pg. 26

Lace boudoir afghan, 47"x67", is crocheted in floral squares.
WORKBASKET Mar 1985 (v.50#5) pg. 12

"On the Move" afghan is crocheted in squares. Measures 48"x60".
WORKBASKET Mar 1985 (v.50#5) pg. 60

"Stained Glass" afghan, 52"x56", is crocheted in an openwork stitch.
WORKBASKET Apr 1985 (v.50#6) pg. Cover, 6

Sampler afghan is made from blocks worked in box and seed stitches, alternating with strips worked in the popcorn stitch.
WORKBASKET May 1985 (v.50#7) pg. 20

Grandmother's Flower Garden afghan is made from 583 hexagons whip-stitched together.
WORKBASKET Aug 1985 (v.50#9) pg. 34

Diamond-shaped granny-square afghan to crochet. Measures 57"x63".
WORKBASKET Sep 1985 (v.50#10) pg. 30

"Farm-Fresh" afghan has 12" square crocheted blocks embroidered with hen, chick and rooster designs. Contrasting border is crocheted in a V-stitch. One square is used to make a matching pillow.
WORKBASKET Oct 1985 (v.51#1) pg. 34

Crocheted afghan with colorful stripes measures 46"x64", plus fringe. Ribbons of crochet are worked separately and woven through the solid-colored background.
WORKBASKET Feb 1986 (v.51#4) pg. 7

Crocheted afghan and pillow with dresden-plate quilt pattern appliques in the center of each 15" square block.
WORKBASKET Mar 1986 (v.51#5) pg. 48

Afghan and matching pillow are worked in single crochet and accented with tri-color stripes.
WORKBASKET April 1986 (v.51#6) pg. 10

Tri-color striped afghan, worked all in single-chain crochet, is given a smocked look by drawing up the stripes with bead accents.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1986 (v.51#8) pg. 18

"Remembrance of Spring" afghan has a center panel worked in front- and back-post double crochet. This panel is edged with a floral border. Crocheted flowers, butterflies and a bow are appliqued on the center panel, with flower stems chained on the surface. Finished afghan measures 36"x41". For intermediate crocheters.
WORKBASKET Aug 1986 (v.51#9) pg. 30

Ribbed afghan worked in double crochet has a shell edging. A ribbon is woven along each side and tied in bows at each corner. Finished afghan measures 45"x56".
WORKBASKET Sep 1986 (v.51#10) pg. 10

"Strike It Rich" diamond-pattern crocheted afghan.
WORKBASKET Oct 1986 (v.52#1) pg. 10

Single-crochet squares, embroidered with forget-me-knots, are joined together in various ways to make an afghan, a pillow and a little girl's pullover sweater.
WORKBASKET Feb 1987 (v.52#4) pg. 48

Shells-and-chains crocheted afghan.
WORKBASKET Mar 1987 (v.52#5) pg. 32

Ridged afghan is crocheted in the afghan stitch with variations to produce ribbing. Finished size: 38"x60". Intermediate skill level.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1987 (v.52#8) pg. 12

"Raised Arrow" reversible afghan, 35"x84", is crocheted in a two-color pattern stitch. Rated as "easy."
WORKBASKET Mar 1988 (v.53#5) pg. 24

"Roses & Ribbons" afghan, 34"x55", is crocheted in a pattern stitch and appliqued with crocheted roses and a bow.
WORKBASKET Mar 1988 (v.53#5) pg. 49

"Wagon Wheels" afghan, 45" square, is worked in double crochet in blocks. Each of the nine blocks has a wheel motif in the center. Intermediate skill level.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1988 (v.53#8) pg. 34

"Sailboat" afghan, 38"x48", is crocheted in afghan stitch. A charted pattern is used to crochet the large multi-colored sailboat motif. Easy skill level.
WORKBASKET Aug 1988 (v.53#9) pg. 12

Crocheted afghan, 44"x48", and matching pillow cover, 15"x13", plus fringe.
WORKBASKET Sep 1988 (v.53#10) pg. 22

"Garden Path" crocheted cobblestone-pattern afghan and matching pillow cover. Easy skill level.
WORKBASKET Oct 1988 (v.54#1) pg. 40

"Christmas Tree" afghan, 45"x72", is crocheted in afghan stitch. It is made up of three rows of five blocks each. Alternating blocks contain colorful Christmas tree motifs. Easy skill level.
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1988 (v.54#2) pg. 18

Contemporary granny-square crocheted afghan, 54"x70". Easy skill level.
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1988 (v.54#2) pg. 48

Lacy afghan and pillow set. Afghan measures 40"x56" and is crocheted in a lacy pattern stitch and laced with ribbon. Pillow, 13"x16", in openwork crochet has a ruffled border and horizontal rows of popcorns and interlaced ribbon on the front. For intermediate-skill crocheters.
WORKBASKET Jan 1989 (v.54#3) pg. 26

"Heart" afghan, worked in single-chain crochet, features a red-on-white lattice motif with four hearts in each panel. The border of this 48"x70" afghan has a row of white-on-red hearts. An easy project.
WORKBASKET Feb 1989 (v.54#4) pg. 20

"Fourth of July" crocheted afghan, 47"x67", is made up of individual hexagons with stars in the center. Easy project.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1989 (v.54#8) pg. 18

"Rosebud" afghan, 46"x58", is made up of crocheted 6" squares. Every other square features a ring of tiny rosebuds. Intermediate skill level.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1989 (v.54#8) pg. 20

Easy-to-crochet afghan (56"x43") features a diamond pattern and Southwestern colors.
WORKBASKET Jan 1990 (v.55#3) pg. 16

Decorative crocheted lap throws (39"x44"). Two embroidery designs are given, a Norwegian tree border and a Swedish-weave starburst.
WORKBASKET May 1990 (v.55#7) pg. 20

Crocheted Christmas afghan (42"x58") in white features a cross stitch border of green and red geometric designs.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1990 (v.55#8) pg. 24

Crocheted afghan (45"x58") features a majestic mastodon motif. Experienced skill level.
WORKBASKET Aug 1990 (v.55#9) pg. 16

Crocheted medallion afghan features a center whirligig panel surrounded by strip in leaf and chain motifs.
WORKBASKET Sep 1990 (v.55#10) pg. 18

Patchwork leaf afghan (45"x60") is crocheted in five strips and joined with four seams. Features alternating blocks of solid color and blocks with embroidered fall leaf motifs surrounded with a solid-color border.
WORKBASKET Oct 1990 (v.56#1) pg. 26

Bright afghan (45"x64") is crocheted in thermal stitch.
WORKBASKET Feb-Mar 1991 (v.56#3) pg. 22

Easy, one-color afghan (42"x60") is crocheted in a simple pattern stitch with diagonal rows of puff stitches.
WORKBASKET Apr-May 1991 (v.56#4) pg. 18

Argyle-style afghan crocheted in three colors.
WORKBASKET Aug-Sep 1991 (v.56#6) pg. 28

Twist-stitch crocheted afghan (60"x45").
WORKBASKET Oct-Nov 1991 (v.57#1) pg. 20

Garden Maze afghan to crochet. Twenty squares (10"x11") are knitted in two colors with a center rectangle and lines from corners of inner rectangle to outer corners of the squares. Border rectangles carry the angled motifs. Finished afghan has a quilt-like appearance.
WORKBASKET Dec 1991-Jan 1992 (v.57#2) pg. 20

Indian-design afghan (46"x64") and rug (24"x32") to crochet. Both are worked in afghan stitch in natural yarn. Red, blue and brown motifs are embroidered on the finished pieces.
WORKBASKET Feb-Mar 1992 (v.57#3) pg. 26

Christmas afghan (48"x60") to work in single-crochet 12" squares. Solid color squares alternate with charted squares that have wreath motifs.
WORKBASKET Oct-Nov 1992 (v.58#1) pg. 22

Parfait afghan (38"x70") crocheted in stripes.
WORKBASKET Dec 1992-Jan 1993 (v.58#2) pg. 17

Hearts and Flowers afghan (46"x58") is worked in panels with granny squares, filet crochet and a lacy shell border.
WORKBASKET Apr-May 1993 (v.58#4) pg. 70

Christmas Tree afghan (57"x63") to crochet is made up of 3"x3" squares. It has a Christmas tree motif in the center and multicolored border with stripes and half-circles.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1993 (v.58#5) pg. 44

Stadium blanket (42"x56") is crocheted in wide zigzags of school colors.
WORKBASKET Aug-Sep 1993 (v.58#6) pg. 38

Crocheted afghan (49"x60") is worked in strips and features a checkerboard and diamond pattern.
WORKBASKET Apr-May 1994 (v.59#4) pg. 14

Seascape afghan (40"x55") is crocheted in shell stitch and shades of blue and green to give the appearance of rippling ocean waves.
WORKBASKET Jun-Jul 1994 (v.59#5) pg. 52

Crocheted Sunday afternoon afghan (46"x66") combines single crochet with texture-adding picot stitch.
WORKBASKET Apr-May 1995 (v.60#4) pg. 56

Crocheted popcorn afghan (58"x45").
WORKBASKET Oct-Nov 1995 (v.61#1) pg. 48

Heart afghan to crochet. Red squares have white ruffled heart motifs in the center of each one. The afghan requires 39 heart squares and 16 smaller squares without hearts.
WORKBASKET Dec 1995-Jan 1996 (v.61#2) pg. 42

Olympic Rings afghan is made of nine crocheted rectangles, five of which have sets of interlocking Olympic rings. The border features stripes in the five Olympic colors.
WORKBASKET Feb-Mar 1996 (v.61#3) pg. 14

Granny square American flag afghan (52"x64"). Finished squares in red, white and blue are sewn together in a flag shape. Crocheted white stars are sewn on the blue field. The afghan is edged in a single row of gold.
WORKBASKET Feb-Mar 1996 (v.61#3) pg. 30

MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT -- HALTON MAYFLY entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT -- HALTON MAYFLY
xx   MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT -- ( SPECIFIC AIRCRAFT)

Halton MAYFLY. Three-view drawing and technical data on the Halton H.A.C. 1, a two-seater sports biplane built by apprentices at RAF Halton Technical Training School in 1926.
AERO MODELLER #771 Jan 2000 (v.65) pg. 6

AFGHAN -- KNITTED entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AFGHAN -- KNITTED
xx   AFGHAN
xx   KNITTING

Garter-stitch afghan bordered with striped ribbing is worked on large needles. Afghan is 55"x67".
AMERICAN HOME CRAFTS Spring-Summer 1978 (v.6#2) pg. 63, 99

Peacock Plaid mohair-like afghan is knitted with a center square and striped edges.
AMERICAN HOME CRAFTS Fall 1978 (v.6#4) pg. 54, 96

Instructions for knitting a domino afghan.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Dec 1972 (v.50#12) pg. 66

Photo shows how to make a quilt-patterned throw from scrap yarn knitted into squares. Knitting instructions for squares are given. Est. cost: $17.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jul 1976 (v.54#7) pg. 94

Patchwork afghan, 64"x88", is made from 35 squares. Some squares are solid colors and others are knitted in six colors.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Oct 1978 (v.56#10) pg. 74, 152

Knitted sampler afghan is made up of 48 squares (8"x8") worked with 8 different colors of yarn in 6 different patterns.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Sep 1979 (v.57#9) pg. 54, 144

Knit-as-you-go patchwork afghan. Squares are a combination of solids, stripes, and Fair Isle patterns.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Oct 1981 (v.59#10) pg. 124, 185

"Fisherman" afghan to knit in moss and cable stitches.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Dec 1987 (v.65#12) pg. 102, 159

Warm up America, a project to make afghans to give to the homeless to keep them warm. Knit and crochet patterns for knitting 7"x9" afghan squares.
CRAFTS Sep 1992 (v.15#9) pg. 86

How to make a knitted afghan that is 64"x62".
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Sep 1975 (v.5#10) pg. 57

Knitted squares in crayon colors can be assembled into either a hassock or an afghan.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jan-Feb 1980 (v.11#1) pg. 58

Panel afghan is knitted in long patterned strips that are crocheted together and then decorated with cross-stitch stripes.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Oct 1980 (v.11#8) pg. 56

Knit and crochet this intarsia afghan.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Mar 1981 (v.12#2) pg. 60

Knit and weave a ribbon blanket in two sizes, afghan and baby carriage.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Apr 1981 (v.12#3) pg. 59

Knit a plaid afghan and a plaid-point pillow.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Sep 1981 (v.12#7) pg. 62

Embroidered wildflower afghan features bouquets of brilliant orange, red, yellow and blue blooms in easy crewel stitches, outlined by the knitted diamond cable pattern on reverse stockinette background.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS May 1982 (v.13#4) pg. 44

Knitted "woven" afghan uses big, hollow knitting needles into which other colors of yarn are threaded, and the weaving is accomplished while you knit plain garter stitch.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS Jul-Aug 1982 (v.13#6) pg. 90

Wave-patterned afghan is knitted in strips.
FAMILY CIRCLE Feb 1 1979 (v.92#2) pg. 57, 104

Rainbow afghan knitted in garter stitch.
FAMILY CIRCLE Jun 5 1979 (v.92#8) pg. 88

Knitted afghan worked in both stockinette and garter stitch.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 1 1979 (v.92#15) pg. 95, 152

Knitted patchwork afghan adapted from Sunburst design.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 20 1979 (v.92#16) pg. 96, 166

Ladybug afghan is knitted in red and white stripes with rows of red and black ladybugs on the white stripes.
FAMILY CIRCLE Mar 11 1980 (v.93#4) pg. 83, 158

Honeycomb knitted afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 1 1980 (v.93#15) pg. 67, 126

Knitted floral afghan designed by Rosemary Drysdale.
FAMILY CIRCLE Feb 3 1981 (v.94#2) pg. 56

Knit-a-Patch afghan with bold geometric motifs and sunshine-yellow background. It is made with the speedy garter stitch, one patch at a time. Measures 40"x60".
FAMILY CIRCLE Jul 1 1981 (v.94#9) pg. 74

The country look. Knitted afghan with red schoolhouse design is done in stockinette stitch, with cross-stitched design and crocheted border.
FAMILY CIRCLE Jul 21 1981 (v.94#10) pg. 71, 128

Geometric design knitted afghan features bold, bright colors. Measures 42"x58".
FAMILY CIRCLE Aug 11 1981 (v.94#11) pg. 82, 116

The world of Irish knits. Includes instructions for two afghans, four pillows and a triangular shawl requiring only 4 major stitch patterns (cable, diamond cable, seed and trinity). Includes basic how-to-knit information.
FAMILY CIRCLE Sep 22 1981 (v.94#13) pg. 102

Quick-to-knit afghan and shawl uses extra large needles and craft-and-rug yarn.
FAMILY CIRCLE Nov 24 1981 (v.94#16) pg. 122, 143

Basic garter stitch knitting projects. (1) Afghan. (2) Pillows. (3) Basket stiffened with plastic canvas. (4) Tumbler covers. (5) Wall hangings show basket of flowers and basket of fruit.
FAMILY CIRCLE Feb 23 1982 (v.95#3) pg. 90, 120

Cable-knit baby afghan.
FAMILY CIRCLE May 31 1983 (v.96#8) pg. 100

Knitted argyle lap robe. Measures 38"x48". Est. cost: $13.
FAMILY CIRCLE Oct 23 1984 (v.97#15) pg. 115, 184

American Beauty rose afghan (48"x48") is knitted in stockinette stitch. It features an openwork outline of a rose in the center, a band of seed stitch around the border and a lace edging.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] Jun-Jul 1996 (v.40#3) pg. 38
Correction FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] Aug-Sep 1996 (v.40#4) pg. 4

Diamond afghan (49"x60") is knitted in squares that form dark squares within lighter squares against a heather background.
FLOWER & GARDEN [CRAFTS EDITION] May-Jun 1998 (v.42#3) pg. 36

Summertime afghan to knit with garter-stitch border and a large watermelon design with embroidered seeds. Measures 48"x62".
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Jul 1982 (v.195#1) pg. 128, 212

Summer afternoon afghan and pillow to knit is decorated with stenciled flowers.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Aug 1984 (v.199#2) pg. 149, 238

Country cottage afghan (40"x64") and matching 16" sq. pillow to knit.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Nov 1984 (v.199#5) pg. 185, 262

Bridgehampton square afghan.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING NEEDLECRAFT Fall 1980-Winter 1981 pg. 102, 150

Afghan made from squares of machine knitted patterns.
HANDMADE Spring 1982 (v.2#1) pg. 18
Added Info HANDMADE Summer 1982 (v.2#2) pg. 114

Striped Navajo afghan in stockinette stitch.
HANDMADE Fall 1982 (v.2#3) pg. 102, 124

Lace knit afghan. Four bands of openwork and seed stitch border each side of a wide seeded diamond center panel. Dimensions: 64"x72" plus fringe.
HANDMADE #9 Summer 1983 (v.3#2) pg. 35, 55

Simple afghan knitted in three colors of yarn in garter stitch with diamond shaped patterns.
HANDMADE #12 Jan-Feb 1984 pg. 99, 79

Afghan in traditional cable design and diagonal stripes. Ends are knotted and fringed.
HANDMADE #13 Mar-Apr 1984 pg. 45, 61

Cable stitch afghan, 45"x70", has bands of color separating areas of garter stitch and cable. Ends are fringed.
LADIES HOME JOURNAL NEEDLE & CRAFT Fall-Winter 1978 (v.9#1) pg. 56, 99

Cable pattern afghan knitted in mohair.
LADIES HOME JOURNAL NEEDLE & CRAFT Spring-Summer 1979 (v.9#2) pg. 92, 120

Lacy afghan knitted in mohair.
LADIES HOME JOURNAL NEEDLE & CRAFT Spring-Summer 1979 (v.9#2) pg. 93, 120

Magic Carpet afghan resembles an oriental antique.
LADIES HOME JOURNAL NEEDLE & CRAFT Fall-Winter 1979 (v.10#1) pg. 71, 109

Machine-knitted afghan based on a 17th century Swedish pattern.
LADIES HOME JOURNAL NEEDLE & CRAFT Spring-Summer 1980 (v.10#2) pg. 93, 123

Roses and checks "quilt" (54"x64") is made by joining machine-knit squares (blocks). Edging is worked in shell crochet.
MACHINE KNITTERS SOURCE #36 May-Jun 1990 (v.6) pg. 42

Bridal afghan is knitted in a pointelle leaf pattern and woven with ribbon for accents.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Spring 1979 (v.24#1) pg. 76, 70

Fluffy garter stitch afghan with crocheted shell edging.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Spring 1979 (v.24#1) pg. 87, 62

Afghan is knitted in reverse stockinette with a raised, diamond-shaped, lattice pattern. Crocheted flowers and leaves are sewn on.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Spring 1980 (v.25#1) pg. 140, 44

Knitted afghan is covered with giant snowflakes. Finished size: 33x45".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Nov-Dec 1981 (v.26#6) pg. 38, 84

Carriage blanket and matching pillow are knit in Fair Isle patterns. Blanket is knit on a circular needle for double thickness.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jul-Aug 1982 (v.27#4) pg. 78, 116

Sampler afghan measuring 58"x65" features a different embroidered design in every other square (checkerboard style).
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan-Feb 1983 (v.28#1) pg. 39, 142

Fir tree afghan. Green and white snow-touched trees form the center panel. Red and white forms the snowflake border. Worked in mosaic knitting. Not a project for beginners. Measures 42"x58".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Sep-Oct 1983 (v.28#5) pg. 91, 24

Knitted afghan is made a square at a time. Each 8" square features a flower motif.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Mar-Apr 1984 (v.29#2) pg. 80, 108

Four Christmas afghans to make as wall hangings. Two of them show Santa and his reindeer. One is a large Santa head and one is a Christmas tree.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1984 (v.29#5) pg. 84, 114, 118, 120, 121

Tri-color, chevron-pattern afghan to knit or crochet.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1985 (v.30#4) pg. 68, 22, 109

"Buffalo plaid" knitted afghan with polar bears and pine trees embroidered on the border. Measures 52"x70".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1985 (v.30#5) pg. 79, 50

"Holly" afghan is knitted with alternating panels of stockinette stitch, garter stitch and Guernsey pattern stitches, each separated by cables. Intarsia holly leaves and knot-stitch berries are worked on the stockinette-stitch panels. Afghan measures 48"x50".
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1987 (v.32#5) pg. 89, 26

"Embossed Bouquet" afghan, 52"x64", is knitted in stockinette stitch. The "ribbon-and-bows" border and floral spray in the center have a damask-like effect created with knit and purl stitches.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan 1988 (v.33#1) pg. 39, 72

"Rose Garden" throw, 48"x60", has panels knitted in stockinette alternating with lacy strips of cables and pointelle. Roses and rosebuds are embroidered in the stockinette panels using duplicate stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan 1988 (v.33#1) pg. 41, 75

"Diamond stripe" afghan, 46"x62", is knitted in stockinette and bordered with bands of seed stitch. It features an all-over motif of intarsia diamonds and narrow stripes.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jan 1988 (v.33#1) pg. 46, 70

"Ripple" afghan, 48"x60", is knitted in two colors for a chevron effect. The points on each end are tasseled.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1988 (v.33#2) pg. 72, 26

"Delft Porcelain" afghan, 46"x57", is knitted in stockinette stitch and features a border of tulip and windmill motifs.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1988 (v.33#3) pg. 76, 107

Knitted "guernsey" afghan, 48"x61", features panels of checks and zigzags.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1988 (v.33#4) pg. 45, 6

"Rosebud" throw, 51"x64", is knitted in panels with bobbles and cables. Vines and leaves are embroidered.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1988 (v.33#5) pg. 60, 14

Knitted afghan features large panels in a textured pattern stitch. When assembled, two of the five panels are reversed to create a two-pattern effect. This 58"x60" throw is edged with garter stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1989 (v.34#1) pg. 71, 12

Navaho-motif afghan, 50"x56", is knitted in stockinette stitch with a border in seed stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Aug 1989 (v.34#4) pg. 57, 87

"Spruces and Stripes" afghan, 57"x64", is knitted in seed-stitch and stockinette stitch. It features spruce tree, and flag motifs.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1989 (v.34#6) pg. 64, 80

Knitted afghan (48"x62") is worked on large (#35) needles and can be completed in one weekend.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1990 (v.35#1) pg. 66, 109
Correction McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Jun 1990 (v.35#3) pg. 29

Machine-knit afghan (51"x60") features fleur-de-lis motifs, regal red borders and handsome tassels at the corners.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1990 (v.35#5) pg. 65, 95

Machine-knit afghan (70"x75") features eyelet diamonds, faux-braid edging and embroidered flowers.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1991 (v.36#1) pg. 59, 83

Tulip afghan (46"x60"), knitted in stockinette stitch, combines fair-isle checked borders and intarsia techniques for diamond and tulip motifs.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Apr 1991 (v.37#1) pg. 43, 70

Folkloric afghan (46"x70") in stockinette stitch has eyelet motifs in the center and rows of eyelet between zigzags of color. All four sides are edged in seed stitch. Stylized trees are added in duplicate stitch embroidery.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1991 (v.37#5) pg. 66, 74

Misty Berries afghan (54"x67") is an variation of Aran knitting with a bobble-and-cable pattern.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Oct 1991 (v.37#5) pg. 66, 78

Indian stitch afghan (54"x72") to knit features a method of wrapping yarn to make long stitches. Four complementary shades of brown, separated by off-white, create horizontal rows of zigzag. The border is worked in garter stitch.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1991 (v.37#6) pg. 42, 44

Aran knitted afghan (49"x56") has a diamond center panel and checkerboard motif side panels.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Dec 1991 (v.37#6) pg. 43, 44

Intricately knitted Meadow afghan (54"x54") features rows of leaf motifs that are raised to create a sculptural quality. Rated for expert knitters.
McCALLS NEEDLEWORK & CRAFTS Feb 1992 (v.38#1) pg. 38, 40

Knit a rainbow-rippled afghan to fit a bed.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #85 Jan-Feb 1984 pg. 38, 43
Correction MOTHER EARTH NEWS #86 Mar-Apr 1984 pg. 8

Doubled Diamond Eyelet Afghan knitted in three colors.
NEEDLECRAFT FOR TODAY Sep-Oct 1981 (v.4#5) pg. 19

A four-harness, four-block, Summer and Winter lap blanket. (40"x40").
SHUTTLE, SPINDLE & DYEPOT #57 Winter 1983 (v.15#1) pg. 24

Baby blanket from the New York City Spinning Guild is knitted in squares and edged with Frisby Lace. Includes tips for making afghans from knitted squares.
SPIN-OFF Winter 1993 (v.17#4) pg. 72, 74

Lacy mohair afghan knitted from homespun yarn.
SPIN-OFF Winter 1993 (v.17#4) pg. 77, 78

Merino afghan is knitted from handspun yarn in the Old Shale stitch.
SPIN-OFF Winter 1993 (v.17#4) pg. 81

Textured afghan, knitted from odds and ends of handspun yarn, is worked lengthwise in garter stitch, with a different yarn used for each row.
SPIN-OFF Winter 1993 (v.17#4) pg. 82, 85

Sopisticated afghan is knitted in garter and stockinette in black with ombre accents. Measures 50"x65".
WOMAN'S DAY Nov 1 1979 (v.43#2) pg. 79, 134

Cabled afghan.
WOMAN'S DAY Nov 4 1980 (v.44#2) pg. 89, 142

Baby afghan is made from six strips of garter-stitch pastel squares.
WOMAN'S DAY Aug 11 1981 (v.44#13) pg. 77, 133

Afghan, pillow and rug utilize Irish knitting techniques.
WOMAN'S DAY Oct 13 1981 (v.45#1) pg. 64, 136

Ravishing Rainbow knitted afghan is made all in one piece using a circular needle. Dimensions: 63"x80".
WOMAN'S DAY Jan 12 1982 (v.45#5) pg. 74, 99

Tasseled hexagon afghan assembled from six-sided modules which you knit on four needles in seven rounds of color.
WOMAN'S DAY Aug 10 1982 (v.45#13) pg. 80, 118

Airy afghan is knit in gauzy strips of color in stockinette stitch, then fringed.
WOMAN'S DAY Oct 25 1983 (v.47#2) pg. 67, 164

Knit a cabled afghan in long separate panels in a trellis pattern featuring two different cables and a seed-stitch border.
WOMAN'S DAY Sep 11 1984 (v.47#15) pg. 32, 122

Knit a plaid mohair afghan in stockinette stitch. Measures 46"x56".
WOMAN'S DAY Oct 23 1984 (v.48#2) pg. 91, 181

Knitted afghan is worked in alternating solid and ombre blocks.
WORKBASKET Mar 1979 (v.44#6) pg. 6

Lacy afghan knitted in a 4 color chevron pattern.
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1979 (v.45#2) pg. 65

Decorator afghan to knit in striped panels.
WORKBASKET Aug 1981 (v.46#9) pg. 38

Checks and squares afghan.
WORKBASKET Sep 1981 (v.46#10) pg. 56

Pinwheel afghan is worked in garter stitch with a crocheted border.
WORKBASKET Feb 1982 (v.47#4) pg. 54

Garter stitch afghan with rows of concentric circles.
WORKBASKET Mar 1982 (v.47#5) pg. 12

Knitted seashell pattern afghan.
WORKBASKET Aug 1982 (v.47#9) pg. 8

Fisherman knit afghan, 50"x60", is made up of seven separate panels, three of them worked in triple braid cables.
WORKBASKET Sep 1982 (v.47#10) pg. 6

Openwork panel afghan knitted in two colors.
WORKBASKET Mar 1983 (v.48#5) pg. 61

Ripple afghan is knitted in garter stitch. Measures 46"x68".
WORKBASKET Jan 1985 (v.50#3) pg. 39, 42

Striped three-color afghan is knitted in stockinette.
WORKBASKET Feb 1985 (v.50#4) pg. 82

Zigzag-and-stripe stadium blanket knitted in stockinette stitch. Measures 48"x52".
WORKBASKET Oct 1985 (v.51#1) pg. 14

Afghan, knitted in a hexagon pattern, has a mosaic or stained-glass appearance. Horizontal rows of hexagon shapes create framed windows of color. For intermediate-skill knitters.
WORKBASKET Jan 1989 (v.54#3) pg. 34

"Sailor's Cabled Afghan," 45"x60", features cable strips knitted separately and then sewn onto stripes of stockinette. Intermediate skill level.
WORKBASKET Feb 1989 (v.54#4) pg. 34

Knitted lap afghan, 44"x56", is worked in alternate rows of stockinette and reverse stockinette which are cross-hatched with an open-chain motif.
WORKBASKET Sep 1989 (v.54#10) pg. 30

Lap throw (40"x49") is knitted in alternating panels of shell and gull stitches.
WORKBASKET Feb 1990 (v.55#4) pg. 18

"Fisherman" afghan is knitted in panels of cables and popcorn patterns which are then sewn together. Intermediate skill level.
WORKBASKET Mar 1990 (v.55#5) pg. 20

Fisherman afghan (38"x56") and matching pillows (tube, square and round) are knit in a combination of six pattern stitches (seed, rope, reverse stockinette, double cable, popcorn and honeycomb).
WORKBASKET Nov-Dec 1990 (v.56#2) pg. 14

Dishcloth afghan. Easy-to-knit dishcloth squares, worked from corner to corner, are joined together and laced with doubled yarn. Crocheted flowers are attached at each junction of four squares.
WORKBASKET Aug-Sep 1991 (v.56#6) pg. 22

Fireside shadow afghan (48"x52") is knitted in vertical panels of Vs, separated by narrow openwork stitches.
WORKBASKET Dec 1992-Jan 1993 (v.58#2) pg. 16

Shades and textures give this super-simple knit afghan (42"x66") a classy look. The afghan is knit (stockinette stitch) in strips and the pattern consists of three rows that are repeated until a desired length is reached.
WORKBASKET Dec 1993-Jan 1994 (v.59#2) pg. 34

Knit afghan (52"x82") is worked in 24 individual squares and forms a bold, geometric design of triangles. Good for beginners.
WORKBASKET Apr-May 1994 (v.59#4) pg. 17

Knitted lap afghan (40"x42") uses seed stitch, reverse stockinette stitch, simple seed stitch, and V-stitch.
WORKBASKET Feb-Mar 1995 (v.60#3) pg. 26

"Hearts Afire" afghan (51"x56") is knitted in panels with raised hearts.
WORKBASKET Dec 1995-Jan 1996 (v.61#2) pg. 46

AFGHAN -- WOVEN entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AFGHAN -- WOVEN
xx   AFGHAN
xx   WEAVING

Afghan is made up of 120 squares that have been woven on a child's potholder loom. Beginner project.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jan 1988 (v.66#1) pg. 32

Updated version of "The most popular afghan ever". The 1970 daisy afghan is updated in thoroughly modern shades of boysenberry and raspberry cream in a softer, fluffier yarn. Measures 52"x74".
FAMILY CIRCLE Sep 1 1982 (v.95#12) pg. 91, 119

A plaid afghan to weave. Instructions for 36" or 45" widths. Finished length of either width is 72". Requires a 4-harness loom.
HANDWOVEN Fall-Winter 1979 (v.1#1) pg. 40

A 2/2 twill throw. Instructions given for both 22.5" and 45" 4-harness looms.
HANDWOVEN Fall-Winter 1980 (v.2#1) pg. 65

Plaid "Sherbet" throw, 52"x90", is woven on two harnesses.
HANDWOVEN Sep 1981 (v.2#4) pg. 52

How to produce handspun variegated yarns that simulate ikat when woven. Includes instructions for spinning and weaving a lap robe and a vest, a shrug and a bog jacket.
HANDWOVEN Sep 1981 (v.2#4) pg. 65

Bronson lace weave afghan.
HANDWOVEN Mar 1982 (v.3#2) pg. 59, 88

Contemporary overshot afghan in "Nappy's Butterflies" pattern.
HANDWOVEN May 1982 (v.3#3) pg. 29, 89

"Log Cabin" pattern afghan.
HANDWOVEN May 1982 (v.3#3) pg. 29, 88

"Country Casual" wool afghan is a bold plaid.
HANDWOVEN May 1982 (v.3#3) pg. 29, 88

Two warm, wooly twill blankets (throws) to weave in plaid.
HANDWOVEN Sep 1982 (v.3#4) pg. 34, 82

Luxurious brushed wool/mohair handwoven throw. Measures 42"x76" excluding fringe.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1983 (v.4#4) pg. 59, 102

Boucle throw is handwoven in a twill weave structure. Measures 42"x76" plus fringe.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1983 (v.4#4) pg. 62, 108

Simple, large-scale plaid afghan is an ideal project for the beginning weaver. The 2-shaft plain weave can be done on a rigid heddle loom. Measures 35"x56" plus 8" fringe.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1983 (v.4#5) pg. 53, 106

Weave a traditional afghan in the MacCallum tartan sett.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1983 (v.4#5) pg. 96

Beechwood throw. Deeply textured weave with braided ends.
HANDWOVEN Mar-Apr 1984 (v.5#2) pg. 58, 97

Shades of Fall all-wool lap robe. Woven in 2/2 twill.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1984 (v.5#4) pg. 71, 106

Weave an afghan in simple plain weave on a four shaft loom.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1985 (v.6#1) pg. Cover, I-4

Weave a wool wrap-up throw in plain weave on a two or four shaft loom.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1985 (v.6#1) pg. 63, I-3

Make a blanket (throw) in waffle weave on a four shaft loom.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1985 (v.6#5) pg. 54, I-13

Weave a plaid afghan in 2/2 twill on a four shaft loom.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1985 (v.6#5) pg. 58

Weave a striped wool and mohair afghan in 2/2 twill on a four shaft loom.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1985 (v.6#5) pg. 59

Cotton lap robe, 34"x46", is woven in an eight-harness pattern with blocks of warp and weft floats. Wide hems and hemstitching give it a tailored look.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1986 (v.7#1) pg. 42, I-5

"Cloud and Sky" brushed afghan, 40"x80", is woven in a four-harness 2/2 twill. It features a big plaid motif and plied fringe finish. The afghan described was sent to a commercial brushing service which produced its furry knapp.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1986 (v.7#1) pg. 44, I-7

Fireside throw and matching pillow are designed to be woven on a narrow loom. A 16" wide warp is used. Stripes in colors and novelty yarns accent the plain-weave fabric. No attempt is made to match the stripes when the separate panels are joined to make a 41" wide throw. An accompanying article gives design suggestions on making wide cloth from narrow panels. The plain-weave pillow is accented by a striped band on one end.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1987 (v.8#1) pg. 72, I-13

Striped pastel throw and coordinated plaid pillow.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1987 (v.8#1) pg. 74, I-15

Lap robe is woven in two-block monk's belt design.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1987 (v.8#5) pg. 56, I-14

"Rainbow" throw, 46"x64", is woven in a warp-emphasis plain weave. The seven warp and weft colors, ranging from rose through purple to blue-green, are mixed visually based on the Fibonacci series to determine the correct proportion of each.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1988 (v.9#4) pg. 22, 92

Carriage blanket, 51"x55", is woven in a two-block, double weave design. Variety and vibranch are gained by crossing the two-color warp (dark rust and black) with several different hues of weft, some of which are greens complementary to the rust.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1988 (v.9#5) pg. 46, 78

Throw (40"x69") is woven in three colors in a two-block twill diaper weave that requires an 8-shaft loom. A 4-shaft version is also furnished.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1990 (v.11#1) pg. 89, 86

Woolen throw (36"x60") is woven in 2/2 twill with weft stripes.
HANDWOVEN May-Jun 1990 (v.11#3) pg. 46, 89

Plaid afghan (36"x66") is woven in a 2/2 herringbone twill.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1990 (v.11#4) pg. 55, 80

Afghan weave designs based on the weave structures of baskets. Drafts for eight patterns are shown. Includes instruction for weaving an afghan (36"x73") in fancy twill with color-and-weave effect.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1990 (v.11#4) pg. 92

Black, white and red plain-weave throw has bold stripes based on the Fibonacci series.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1992 (v.13#1) pg. 47, 82

Color-matched afghan (39"x72") is woven in twill and plain weave on six shafts. A four-shaft alternative draft furnished. Multi-colored stripes are woven in twill.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1993 (v.14#1) pg. 41, 84

"Twenty-five Snowballs" throw (43"x76") is woven in four-harness overshot.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1994 (v.15#1) pg. 51, 92
Correction HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1994 (v.15#4) pg. 82

Honeycomb revisited. An explanation of the weave's structure and directions for weaving a "Cloud-Soft Throw." Woven in two-block double-faced honeycomb, the reversible throw is 35" wide, 50" long and has 4" fringe at each end.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1995 (v.16#1) pg. 36, 83

"Profusion of Riches" throw, designed to use up small quantities of many colors of yarn. Colors progress from dark on the edges to light in the middle. This 43"x64" throw is woven using color-and-weave effect on an eight-shaft straight twill variation.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1995 (v.16#4) pg. 66, 89

"Topaz Lights" lap robe (31"x 54") is woven in four-shaft lace Bronson.
HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1995 (v.16#5) pg. 28

"Ocean Mist" throw (45"x73") is woven with contrasting stripes of brushed mohair and chenille with a few ends of hand-painted silk ribbon as accent stripes. Plain-weave threading is woven on four shafts to reduce stickiness.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1996 (v.17#1) pg. 28

"Cloud-light" lap robe (35"x52") is woven in plaid plain weave. Each end has a 5" plied fringe. Includes instructions for machine fulling of the lap robe.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1996 (v.17#1) pg. 42, 84

Chenille plaid throw (55"x73") is inspired by traditional tartans and woven in a 2/2 twill.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1996 (v.17#4) pg. 44, 95

Stadium set. Plaid stadium cushion that doubles as a carrying case for a stadium blanket is woven in 2/2/ twill double weave. The front of the cushion reverses the colors of the blanket. Its back and side strips are synthetic leather and it has handwoven handles and a long zipper. The stadium blanket (43"x60") has plied fringe at each end and is woven double width.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1996 (v.17#4) pg. 46, 97

Plaid, featherweight throw (50"x73" plus fringe) is woven double width in Dornick twill.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1997 (v.18#1) pg. 19, 68

Peppermint Tufts throw (53"x64") features mohair tufts on a wool-and-silk background. The plain-weave throw has pattern weft floats and is woven as double-width double weave.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1997 (v.18#4) pg. 68, 85

Winter Wheat afghan (39"x73") is woven in an eight-shaft twill variation with a warp float on the face of the fabric.
HANDWOVEN Mar-Apr 1998 (v.19#2) pg. 59, 82

Bright Pockets afghan (52"x69") is woven on eight shafts in plain weave with squares of colored Ultrasuede tucked into double-weave pockets.
HANDWOVEN May-Jun 1998 (v.19#3) pg. 33, 95

Toasty Toes throw (41"x66") is woven in undulating twill on eight shafts.
HANDWOVEN Sep-Oct 1998 (v.19#4) pg. 46, 76

Plaid paneled throw and lap robe is woven in 2/2 and dornick twill on four shafts.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1999 (v.20#1) pg. 54, 71
Correction HANDWOVEN Nov-Dec 1999 (v.20#5) pg. 15

Fiesta chenille throw with boldly colored stripes of varying widths is woven in plain weave on two or four shafts.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1999 (v.20#1) pg. 57, 75

Blue plaid lap robe woven in dornick twill on four shafts.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1999 (v.20#1) pg. 58, 76

Classic plaid twill throw is woven in double-width double weave in 2/2 twill on eight shafts.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1999 (v.20#1) pg. 59, 77

Loopy blue throw combines random-dyed novelty yarns, loops, brushed wool and mohair, woven in plain weave on two or four shafts.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1999 (v.20#1) pg. 60, 78

Woodsmoke throw in a large-scale plaid is woven in 2/2 twill on four shafts.
HANDWOVEN Jan-Feb 1999 (v.20#1) pg. 61, 79

"Autumn Glow" plaid throw is woven in a four-shaft twill.
SCANDINAVIAN WEAVING MAGAZINE (VavMagasinet) 3/1989 pg. 20

Four weaves for baby blankets and afghans. (1) Swarthmore check, (2) Rosepath Variation, (3) Small Point Twill, and (4) 8-Harness Twill. Threading and treadling for each included.
SHUTTLE, SPINDLE & DYEPOT #48 Fall 1981 (v.12#4) pg. 50

Use double weaving techniques to produce full-size afghans on small looms.
SHUTTLE, SPINDLE & DYEPOT #57 Winter 1983 (v.15#1) pg. 34

Handwoven afghan or great shawl woven from handspun mohair.
SPIN-OFF Oct 1982 (v.6#4) pg. 57

Project ideas for using odds and ends of yarn. Includes instructions for a woven lap robe and a woven afghan.
SPIN-OFF Spring 1988 (v.12#1) pg. 27

Tweed-like afghan is woven of handspun Gotland fiber. A weaving pattern that alternates between plain weave and twill and five groupings of weft yarns creates the tweed effect. Ends are finished with a plied fringe.
SPIN-OFF Fall 1990 (v.14#3) pg. 82

A handspun afghan (36"x59"). Yarn is spun from Romney/Dorset wool and woven in a 2/2 balanced twill.
SPIN-OFF Spring 1993 (v.17#1) pg. 25

Wooly afghan to weave in Summer and Winter pile techniques.
WEAVER'S JOURNAL #16 Apr 1980 (v.4#4) pg. 14

Large (50"x72") woolen throw woven in an 8-harness combination weave with blocks of plain weave and basket weave.
WEAVER'S JOURNAL #18 Fall 1980 (v.5#2) pg. 14

How to weave three-toned blocks using long-eyed heddles. Includes instructions for a throw woven in three-toned blocks.
WEAVER'S JOURNAL #36 Spring 1985 (v.9#4) pg. 72

AIR CLEANER entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR CLEANER
x   AIR FILTER
x   FILTER (AIR)
xx   CLEANING EQUIPMENT
xx   HEATING SYSTEM
xx   SAWDUST COLLECTION SYSTEM

A homemade airborne dust-removal system for the woodworking shop consists of two floor fans, simple plywood cabinet, and furnace filters.
AMERICAN WOODTURNER Jun 1992 (v.7#2) pg. 28
Added Info AMERICAN WOODTURNER Sep 1992 (v.7#3) pg. 32

Shop-built air-filtration system. Plywood box equipped with a blower, a motor and two air filters removes airborne dust by recirculating shop air.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #14 May-Jun 1990 pg. 29
Added Info AMERICAN WOODWORKER #15 Jul-Aug 1990 pg. 4
Added Info AMERICAN WOODWORKER #16 Sep-Oct 1990 pg. 5
Added Info AMERICAN WOODWORKER #18 Jan-Feb 1991 pg. 4

Tip on using an automotive air filter to trap super-fine airborne dust.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #51 Apr 1996 pg. 24

Dealing with sawdust in the workshop. A look at shop vacuums, masks and helmets, dust collectors and ambient air cleaners.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #58 Apr 1997 pg. 72
Correction AMERICAN WOODWORKER #60 Aug 1997 pg. 14

Colored wool streamers at exhaust end of shop air cleaner indicate when filter needs to be cleaned.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #66 Jun 1998 pg. 32

Air scrubber trio. Three shop-made machines that clean the air. (1) A between-the-joists unit with one blower. (2) A hanging unit with double blowers. (3) A benchtop unit with one blower. All three are basically plywood boxes equipped with blowers and filters.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #80 Jun 2000 pg. 42

Modify a vacuum wand to help clean the pleated cloth filters on an air filter.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #89 Oct 2001 pg. 20

Dust alert. Solutions for controlling wood dust in your shop. Includes plans for a shop-built ambient air filter.
CANADIAN HOME WORKSHOP Dec 2000-Jan 2001 (v.24#3) pg. 37, 42

High-efficiency air cleaners for forced-air heating systems.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Sep 1987 (v.10#12) pg. 28

A dust-collecting system that can be built using a scrap blower motor assembly from a forced-air gas furnace. Est. cost: $30.
CHIP CHATS May-Jun 1992 (v.39#3) pg. 24

How to make a lightweight, portable dust collector that has a lot of pickup. Bathroom fan unit is used for the power unit.
CHIP CHATS Mar-Apr 1993 (v.40#2) pg. 76

Tips on installing a Sears Kenmore electronic furnace filter.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #222 Oct 1981 (v.31#8) pg. 10

Tip suggests using an old rectangular box fan and furnace filter for a temporary workshop dust collector.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #343 Nov-Dec 1993 (v.43#10) pg. 6

Tip on washing electronic air filters.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #347 Apr 1994 (v.44#4) pg. 10

Buying a furnace filter. Four varieties compared.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #382 Oct 1997 (v.47#9) pg. 92

Electronic air cleaners. Furnace-mounted units that will scrub a houseful of air. How they work, cost of operation, etc.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #63 Oct-Nov 1990 pg. 58

Tip on using a furnace filter and a room fan to help clear the air of sawdust.
FINE WOODWORKING #81 Mar-Apr 1990 pg. 14

Remove sawdust from your workshop air by combining a squirrel-cage fan with some furnace filters.
FINE WOODWORKING #84 Sep-Oct 1990 pg. 16

Controlling wood dust. Four shop-built devices use cabinets, filters and vacuums for collection. (1) Chip collector cabinet for a portable planer. (2) Air-filtration box. (3) Collection box replaces a conventional drum to facilitate clean out. (4) Mobile stand with intake hood moves from job to job.
FINE WOODWORKING #106 May-Jun 1994 pg. 44
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #108 Sep-Oct 1994 pg. 11

A comparison of three filter systems for a forced-air heating system: medium-efficiency pleated fabric filters, permanent electrostatic filters, and electronic air filters. Other tips to control dust and improve air quality also noted.
HARROWSMITH #87 Sep-Oct 1989 (v.14#3) pg. 108

The clean green machine. Using household plants to fight indoor air pollution. (1) Circulate indoor air through a solarium filled with some of the best plants to filter air. (2) Build a plant-charcoal air filter.
HOME MECHANIX #727 Nov 1988 (v.84) pg. 56
Added Info HOME MECHANIX #734 Jun 1989 (v.85) pg. 8
Added Info HOME MECHANIX #735 Jul 1989 (v.85) pg. 8

A review of various home electrostatic precipitators.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #525 Feb 1972 (v.68) pg. 66

A test of small air cleaners. Results of testing 20 different models, including negative-ion generators.
NEW SHELTER Jul-Aug 1982 (v.3#6) pg. 48

Electronic, high-voltage air cleaner attracts and holds dust particles, smoke, etc., in the air.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1970 (v.32#6) pg. 31

How to install an electronic air cleaner as a part of your existing furnace and a look at what the air cleaner will do for you.
POPULAR MECHANICS Mar 1973 (v.139#3) pg. 146

Installing a supplementary air filter on a forced-air heating or air-conditioning system. This article focuses on modifying the cold-air return duct to make room for either an electronic or media-type filter.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1994 (v.171#6) pg. 86

Tips on choosing electrostatic air cleaners for your home heating plant.
POPULAR SCIENCE Aug 1968 (v.193#2) pg. 152

Electronic air cleaners: What can they do for you?
POPULAR SCIENCE Sep 1972 (v.201#3) pg. 58

A review of high-efficiency furnace or air conditioning filters that trap more dirt. These are non-electronic filters that may only need replacing every 15 months.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1976 (v.209#4) pg. 118

Dust busting. How to control wood dust (airborne sawdust) in a workshop to help prevent health problems.
PRACTICAL HOMEOWNER Nov-Dec 1990 (v.5#8) pg. 14

A plywood box equipped with a furnace filter is hooked up to a sawdust collector and helps filter dust out of the air.
SHOPNOTES #20 Mar 1995 (v.4) pg. 29

Roll-around sanding table and air filter system. This shop-built sanding table pulls in the dust that is produced when sanding. It doubles as an air filter for your shop when not used for sanding. It is equipped with three furnace filters and a squirrel cage blower to pull the air through the filters.
SHOPNOTES #24 Nov 1995 (v.4) pg. 4

Air-filtration cabinet for a woodworking shop. Cabinet (21"x24"x31" high) has a hinged top surface that can serve as an outfeed table. Blower assembly draws air in through a pleated air filter.
WOOD MAGAZINE #55 Oct 1992 (v.9#7) pg. 48
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #60 Apr 1993 (v.10#3) pg. 9

Wall-mounted squirrel-cage furnace fan and in-the-wall air filter create a practical dust control, air cleaner system. ADDED INFO: 09301994.20 p9 ADDED INFO: 09301994.60 p4
WOOD MAGAZINE #63 Sep 1993 (v.10#6) pg. 10
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #68 Feb 1994 (v.11#2) pg. 9
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #73 Oct 1994 (v.11#7) pg. 4

Wood dust and you. Some advice on avoiding and/or controlling airborne dust.
WOOD MAGAZINE #78 Apr 1995 (v.12#3) pg. 4

Air-filtration systems. A comparison test and buyer's guide to five commercially available units ($219-$309).
WOOD MAGAZINE #83 Nov 1995 (v.12#8) pg. 48

Suspending a workshop air filter system from hooks in joists using rubber vacuum cleaner belts dampens noise and vibration.
WOOD MAGAZINE #101 Dec 1997 (v.14#8) pg. 32

Whole-shop air-cleaning system. Combine a squirrel-cage furnace blower with some ductwork and air filters to remove airborne wood dust.
WOOD MAGAZINE #120 Winter 1999 (v.16#9) pg. 70
Correction WOOD MAGAZINE #125 Jul-Aug 2000 (v.17#5) pg. 10
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #135 Sep 2001 (v.18#6) pg. 12

Dust munchers. A test of six air-filtration systems for the workshop.
WOOD MAGAZINE #139 Feb 2002 (v.19#1) pg. 76

Clearing the air. Two inexpensive solutions to clear the air of sawdust in your shop. (1) Heavy-duty shop filter incorporates a squirrel cage blower and pleated furnace filters. (2) Small-area shop filter uses two bathroom exhaust fans and pleated furnace filters.
WOODSMITH #95 Oct 1994 (v.16) pg. 22

Tip on improving the efficiency of airborne sawdust filtering devices used in workshops.
WOODWORKER'S JOURNAL Mar-Apr 1998 (v.22#2) pg. 8

How to install an electronic air filter in a forced air furnace.
WORKBENCH Mar-Apr 1977 (v.33#2) pg. 84

AIR COMPRESSOR entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR COMPRESSOR
sa   AIR HOSE & LINE
sa   AIR TOOL
x   COMPRESSOR (AIR)
xx   AIR PUMP
xx   AIR TOOL
xx   SPRAY PAINTING & FINISHING

Tip on installing a remotely-activated drain on an air compressor tank.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #24 Jan-Feb 1992 pg. 10

Buyer's guide to air compressors.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #48 1996 Tool Buyer's Guide pg. 114

Buyer's guide to air compressors.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #62 1998 Tool Buyer's Guide pg. 32

Buyer's guide to air compressors.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #69 1999 Tool Buyer's Guide pg. 32

Annual buyer's guide to air compressors.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #76 Fall-Winter 1999 pg. 12

How to buy an air compressor
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #83 Fall-Winter 2000 pg. 91

Mobile stand for a small air compresser is fitted with an air hose reel.
AMERICAN WOODWORKER #91 Dec 2001 pg. 114

Air compressors in the home workshop. Tips on selection and use.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Dec 1984 (v.8#3) pg. 34

Advice on selecting a compressor for use with pneumatic tools.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Aug 1993 (v.16#11) pg. 8

Air power. Here's what compressed-air tools can do for you and how to buy the air compressor to run them.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #297 Apr 1989 (v.39#4) pg. 84

Tip on rinsing an air compressor tank with auto antifreeze to help prevent internal rusting.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #359 Jun 1995 (v.45#6) pg. 17

Portable air compressors. A primer on supplying air to nailers, staplers, and other air tools.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #49 Oct-Nov 1988 pg. 84

Tip on draining air compressor tanks.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #99 Dec 1995-Jan 1996 pg. 18
Added Info FINE HOMEBUILDING #100 Feb-Mar 1996 pg. 6
Added Info FINE HOMEBUILDING #102 Apr-May 1996 pg. 8

Survey of portable air compressors. Job-site trials assess the quality and performance of 24 compressors designed for trim carpenters.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #113 Dec 1997-Jan 1998 pg. 66

Tip on applying a rustproofing coating to the inside of an air compressor tank.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #126 Oct-Nov 1999 pg. 6

Compressed-air systems. Choosing and using compressors. Advice on installing permanent air lines in the workshop. Tips on selecting a spray gun and accessories.
FINE WOODWORKING #82 May-Jun 1990 pg. 56
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #84 Sep-Oct 1990 pg. 10
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #85 Nov-Dec 1990 pg. 6

Inexpensive airbrush power. Build your own airbrush compressor by combining a battery-powered car tire pump with a seven-gallon air tank and regulator. Est. cost: $50.
FINESCALE MODELER Dec 1999 (v.17#10) pg. 40

How to choose and use an air compressor.
HOME MECHANIX #689 Sep 1985 (v.81) pg. 92

Working on air. Part 1. An evaluation of home air compressors for outdoor use.
HOME MECHANIX #729 Jan 1989 (v.85) pg. 44

Working on air. Part 2. Putting air compressors to use in the home and shop. Some tips.
HOME MECHANIX #730 Feb 1989 (v.85) pg. 74

What you should know about air compressors. Applications and tips for using the little air compressors available today.
HOMEOWNERS HOW TO #1 Spring 1976 (v.1#1) pg. 116

A look at the many jobs you can do with an air compressor.
HOMEOWNERS HOW TO Mar-Apr 1982 (v.7#2) pg. 72

Motor compressor tank and gauge. Est cost: $30.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #423 Aug 1963 (v.59) pg. 86

Junk box air compressor is assembled from a compressor head (a discarded single-cylinder gasoline engine will do), a motor, a pressure tank, and some fittings. (NOTE: Considerable controversy developed over the safety of this unit and are reflected in the added information references).
MODEL AVIATION Nov 1992 (v.18#11) pg. 188
Added Info MODEL AVIATION Dec 1992 (v.18#12) pg. 5
Added Info MODEL AVIATION Jan 1993 (v.19#1) pg. 5
Added Info MODEL AVIATION Feb 1993 (v.19#2) pg. 11
Added Info MODEL AVIATION Mar 1993 (v.19#3) pg. 5, 167
Added Info MODEL AVIATION May 1993 (v.19#5) pg. 36

How to build an air compressor from scrap for less than $60.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #52 Jul-Aug 1978 pg. 165

Small compressor driven by sabre saw delivers more than 50 lbs. pressure.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1965 (v.123#2) pg. 186

Build your own air compressor. Use a 1/3-hp motor, a single-phase compressor, and a propane tank. Est. cost: $24.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1967 (v.127#1) pg. 183

Add an air accumulator (air storage tank) to a diaphragm-type sprayer.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1967 (v.127#6) pg. 157

Build a tank-type air compressor on wheels using an old refrigerator compressor. Features a pressure gauge and automatic pressure shut-off switch. Est. cost: $70.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1972 (v.137#6) pg. 140
Correction POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1973 (v.139#2) pg. 12

Air compressors. An explanation of the piston variations and ratings.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1998 (v.175#2) pg. 94

Rolling carriage for compressor.
POPULAR SCIENCE Apr 1963 (v.182#4) pg. 152

A 30-lb. pressure compressor for less than $10.
POPULAR SCIENCE Apr 1964 (v.184#4) pg. 152

Air power. How to pick the right compressor for your needs.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jan 1977 (v.210#1) pg. 120

A buyers guide to minature air compressors.
POPULAR SCIENCE Apr 1979 (v.214#4) pg. 162

Workshop organization ideas. (1) Wall-mount rack for pipe clamps. (2) Storage for wood cutoffs. (3) Dowel storage. (4) Off-the-floor storage for an air compressor. (5) Overhead storage bins that are raised and lowered using a hand winch. (6) Tilting storage bins for fasteners and small parts.
POPULAR WOODWORKING #42 Apr-May 1988 (v.7#6) pg. 42
Correction POPULAR WOODWORKING #43 Jun 1988 (v.8#1) pg. 54

Build a $200 compressor unit for $50.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS #217 May 1963 (v.34#5) pg. 92

Tip on draining moisture from air compressors into a sink or drain.
SKINNED KNUCKLES #176 Mar 1991 (v.15#8) pg. 18

Schematic for a 24-volt switch with indicator light that is used to activate a 220-volt air compressor via a relay (2-pole contactor).
SKINNED KNUCKLES #200 Mar 1993 (v.17#8) pg. 22

Air compressors. Advice on selecting and equipping a compressor for use in spray painting and driving air tools.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1997 (v.46#2) pg. 114

Tips on checking an air compressor tank for condensation and a working safety valve.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Apr 1995 (v.23#4) pg. 21

Air power. What an air compressor can add to your workshop. Tips on selecting a compressor and which air tools you can use with them.
WOOD MAGAZINE #10 Apr 1986 (v.3#2) pg. 50

Tips on keeping your portable air compressor alive and well.
WOOD MAGAZINE #34 Apr 1990 (v.7#2) pg. 76

Recommended pressure when using an air compressor to blow dust off your skin, clothing, etc.
WOOD MAGAZINE #38 Oct 1990 (v.7#6) pg. 24
Added Info WOOD MAGAZINE #40 Jan 1991 (v.8#1) pg. 11

Buyer's guide to air compressors costing $300 to $400.
WOOD MAGAZINE #69 Apr 1994 (v.11#3) pg. 58

Buyer's guide to air compressors. Twenty-six single-stage compressors are listed.
WOOD MAGAZINE #73 Oct 1994 (v.11#7) pg. 54

Product test of seven compact air compressors costing less than $350.
WOOD MAGAZINE #132 Apr 2001 (v.18#3) pg. 74

Air power for the home craftsman. What are the uses to which an air compressor can be put by the homeowner.
WORKBENCH Mar-Apr 1980 (v.36#2) pg. 48

Guide to home air compressors. What is available and tips on selecting the best one for your uses.
WORKBENCH Jul-Aug 1988 (v.44#4) pg. 37

AIR CONDITIONING entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR CONDITIONING
sa   AIR CONDITIONING MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
sa   AUTOMOBILE AIR CONDITIONING
sa   ENERGY MANAGEMENT
sa   GEOTHERMAL ENERGY
sa   HEAT PUMP
sa   HUMIDITY CONTROL
sa   VENTILATION
xx   HOUSE

Evaporation cooling, an inexpensive form of air conditioning. A surplus squirrel-cage blower pulls hot air over paint rollers soaking in water. This causes the water to evaporate into the air and lower the ambiant temperature. Cooler air is then exhausted from this evaporative type of "air conditioner". Adding a sunbowl heater element can convert it into a heater for winter use.
ALTERNATIVE SOURCES OF ENERGY #33 Aug 1978 pg. 37

How to buy a central air conditioning system for your home.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Apr 1972 (v.50#4) pg. 72

How to keep cool for less. Tips on how to keep indoor temperatures 10 to 15 degrees below outdoor temperatures without an air conditioner. A look at what ventilating fans, air conditioning and insulation can do to improve home comfort.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Jun 1974 (v.52#6) pg. 44

Air conditioner camouflage unit is a bookshelf with plastic grating between the shelves above and below the air conditioner.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Apr 1979 (v.57#4) pg. 179

How to choose a central air conditioner.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Apr 1980 (v.58#4) pg. 85

Tip: Insulate your window air conditoner with pieces of foam insulation during the winter.
BETTER HOMES & GARDENS Oct 1982 (v.60#10) pg. 86

Air conditioners. A look at types of units available and how they work, desirable features, and installation.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jun 1981 (v.4#9) pg. 12

Cooling down the house. Guidelines to determine if you need a high efficiency air conditioner.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jun 1987 (v.10#9) pg. 39

Installing an air conditioner in a concrete wall.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #80 Jun 1964 (v.14#3) pg. 38

How to relieve the space pinch in your house. Part 4. (1) Doorway framing, (2) hanging an accordion-fold door, (3) through-the-wall installation of an air conditioner, (4) insulating and paneling, (5) installing a suspended ceiling and (6) laying self-adhesive carpet tiles.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #126 Apr 1971 (v.21#4) pg. 42

Landscaping tips that help conceal the exterior condensor unit of the home air conditioner.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #127 Jun 1971 (v.21#5) pg. 48

How to install a central air conditioning unit for your home. Photos show step-by-step installation of a system specifically designed for do-it-yourself installation. Includes guidelines for determining your home's cooling needs.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #181 May-Jun 1977 (v.27#4) pg. 14

How to install a through-the-wall air conditioner.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #199 May-Jun 1979 (v.29#5) pg. 64

How to control the sun. Heat controlling concepts to keep your house cool in the summer with less energy consumption.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #209 May-Jun 1980 (v.30#5) pg. 81

How to install a central air conditioner.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #258 Apr 1985 (v.35#4) pg. 57

Six tips that cut air conditioning bills in half.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #260 Jul-Aug 1985 (v.35#6) pg. 102

Wordless Workshop suggests how to build a decorative lattice cover for an air conditioner's outdoor coil unit.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #316 Mar 1991 (v.41#3) pg. 88

Removable sections of picket fencing are used to conceal an air conditioning cooling coil.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #388 May 1998 (v.48#5) pg. 119

Tips on using vapor barriers and insulation to prevent air conditioning ducts from condensing out water vapor when they run through a crawl space.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #15 Jun-Jul 1983 pg. 14

Tip on installing antivibration padding on a rooftop-mounted air-conditioning unit.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #111 Aug-Sep 1997 pg. 20

A comparative report on high-efficiency room air conditioners.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Jun 1978 (v.186#6) pg. 152

Basic considerations when replacing a furnace, central air conditioner or water heater.
GOOD HOUSEKEEPING Apr 1987 (v.204#4) pg. 218

Compressor protector. Timer prevents an air conditioning compressor (or a refrigerator or freezer compressor) from re-starting within 5 minutes of a power failure or brownout. This helps protect the compressor motor from burning out. Est. cost: $22.
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS Jul-Aug 1986 (v.3#4) pg. 89

Fifty-five ways to cut air conditioning costs.
HANDY ANDY Apr 1978 (v.2#7) pg. 14

How to air condition a ductless house.
HANDY ANDY Apr 1979 (v.3#7) pg. 47

Tips on cooling your home with one big room air conditioner.
HANDY ANDY May 1979 (v.3#8) pg. 62

How to install a through-the-wall air conditioner.
HANDY ANDY Jul 1979 (v.3#9) pg. 50

Tip: Use water cooling to keep a west-window air conditioner from overheating.
HANDY ANDY Mar 1981 (v.5#6) pg. 66

Size your air conditioner to save money by using this "cooling load estimate" form for room air conditioners.
HOME MECHANIX #686 Jun 1985 (v.81) pg. 96

Tips on cutting a hole in the wall of a wood-frame house and installing a room air conditioner.
HOME MECHANIX #736 Aug 1989 (v.85) pg. 83

Tip on using a window air conditioner plumbed into your furnace return-air duct to form a "central" air conditioner.
HOME MECHANIX #744 Apr 1990 (v.86) pg. 100
Added Info HOME MECHANIX #746 Jun 1990 (v.86) pg. 6

Steps to make an air conditioner work more efficiently.
HOME MECHANIX #806 Jun 1996 (v.92) pg. 73

How to improve air conditioner efficiency.
HOMEOWNER Jun 1984 (v.9#5) pg. 64

Keeping your cool. Cost-saving ways to cool your house in addition to electric air conditioning.
HOMEOWNER Jul-Aug 1988 (v.13#6) pg. 24

Buyer's guide to central air conditioners. How to determine if central air is better for your house than separate room units.
HOMEOWNER Jul-Aug 1989 (v.14#6) pg. 50

Tips from a professional on how to reduce the cost of air conditioning and increase the life of air conditioning equipment.
HOMEOWNERS HOW TO #1 Spring 1976 (v.1#1) pg. 59

How to install a central air conditioning system that is designed for do-it-yourself installation in conjunction with a forced air heating system.
HOMEOWNERS HOW TO #5 Spring 1977 (v.2#1) pg. 102

Tips given on how to ease the strain on a window air conditioner during the hottest days of the year.
HOMEOWNERS HOW TO #6 Summer 1977 (v.2#2) pg. 36

Computer program will calculate the required size air conditioner (in BTU's) which you need to air condition your home. It takes into account heating devices, people, windows, local climate, etc. Written in BASIC.
KILOBAUD MICROCOMPUTING #42 Jun 1980 pg. 48

Installing a through-the-wall air conditioner.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #434 Jul 1964 (v.60) pg. 83

Install your own central air conditioning.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #447 Aug 1965 (v.61) pg. 82

Plywood platform attaches to the outside sill of a window to support a window air conditioner. Simplifies do-it-yourself installation.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #529 Jun 1972 (v.68) pg. 104

How to get by with minimum air conditioning. Operating tips to keep your electric bills down.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #553 Jun 1974 (v.70) pg. 32

How to install a central air conditioning unit on your forced air furnace.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #575 Apr 1976 (v.72) pg. 58

Forty ways to cool your house this summer and save money in the process.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #625 Jun 1980 (v.76) pg. 56

Usable heat from an air conditioner. Tips on installing the General Electric Hot Water Bank heat exchanger to help heat your water with waste heat from your air conditioner condensor.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #649 Jun 1982 (v.78) pg. 66

Air-conditioner protection circuit. Prevents motor burnout resulting from momentary power interruption. Designed for 115-volt window units requiring 12 to 20 amperes of current.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Jun 1986 (v.3#6) pg. 20

A fan-delay timer for air conditioning. Save on cooling costs by purging cool air trapped in an air-conditioning system when the compressor stops. Est. cost: $18.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Jul 1986 (v.3#7) pg. 34
Correction MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Dec 1986 (v.3#12) pg. 5

Air conditioner protector prevents compressor damage due to brownouts or blackouts, and also boosts operating efficiency up to 15%. Est. cost: $49.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Mar 1989 (v.6#3) pg. 57

Energy-efficient home cooling. How to fine tune your air conditioner for greatest efficiency, plus some alternatives to air conditioning to cool a home in the summer.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #51 May-Jun 1978 pg. 108

Air-conditioning guide. These worksheets can help trim your cooling costs. A computerized version of the worksheet, written in BASIC, is also included.
NEW SHELTER Jul-Aug 1984 (v.5#6) pg. 40, 60

Simple, inexpensive improvements to help cool a house.
NEW SHELTER Feb 1985 (v.6#2) pg. 111

A guide to finding and operating the best high-efficiency air conditioners. Both central systems and room air conditioners are considered.
NEW SHELTER Jul-Aug 1986 (v.7#6) pg. 77

Tip: Install an air conditioner in a fireplace for summer use, then remove it for winter use of the fireplace.
OLD-HOUSE JOURNAL Aug 1977 (v.5#8) pg. 92

Cold comfort. A guide to installing mini-duct air conditioning in an old house.
OLD-HOUSE JOURNAL Jul-Aug 1997 (v.25#4) pg. 40

Tip: How to save energy and improve the efficiency of air conditioning units by planting sunflowers around the concrete slab that the outside unit sits on.
ORGANIC GARDENING Jul 1979 (v.26#7) pg. 20

How evaporative cooling systems work, plus tips on installation and maintenance.
PARENTS HOME Jul 1981 (v.5#9) pg. 41

Compressor guard device. Protect air conditioner, refrigerator and freezer motors from damage during power blackouts or brownouts. This timing device will not allow the electric motors in compressors to restart until 4.5 minutes have elapsed. This gives the system pressures time to equalize.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1978 (v.13#6) pg. 41

Build the compressor-mate. Prevent the compressors found in refrigerators, freezers and air conditioners from restarting for 5-minutes following a power outage.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Aug 1991 (v.8#8) pg. 35

Central control for non-central (window) air conditioning units utilizes X-10 remote-control devices.
POPULAR HOME AUTOMATION Nov 1999 (v.4#6) pg. 54

How to install a window air conditioner through a hole in an outside wall. That way, you can still choose between using the conditioner or just opening the window.
POPULAR MECHANICS Apr 1974 (v.141#4) pg. 168

How to keep cool for less money. Tips to reduce heat build-up in your house and lower cooling costs.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1974 (v.141#6) pg. 116

How to install a room air conditioner through the outside wall of a room.
POPULAR MECHANICS Apr 1977 (v.147#4) pg. 114

Insulated wooden box covers window air conditioner during the winter.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1980 (v.154#5) pg. 196

How to install a room air conditioner through the wall.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1983 (v.160#1) pg. 138

Air conditioners. How they work and how to buy one. Both room and central units are discussed.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1987 (v.164#6) pg. 138

Installing a through-the-wall air conditioner.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1992 (v.169#8) pg. 67

Central air conditioning. An equipment overview, how systems work, air conditioner maintenance, etc.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1998 (v.175#8) pg. 102

A protective enclosure for a window air conditioner for winter.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1965 (v.186#5) pg. 163

Home improvement article discusses the choice of air conditioning for your home.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1966 (v.188#5) pg. 88

Plastic film duct work turns a window air conditioner into a central unit by directing airflow through forced air furnace.
POPULAR SCIENCE Aug 1966 (v.189#2) pg. 132

Decorative whatnot shelf conceals the inside portion of a window air conditioner.
POPULAR SCIENCE Feb 1968 (v.192#2) pg. 140

Tips on selecting, installing and maintaining a room air conditioner.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jun 1968 (v.192#6) pg. 144

Tips on cooling your house with one high-BTU window air conditioner.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1971 (v.198#5) pg. 92

New ways to cut cooling costs. How to get the most for your air conditioning dollar. New equipment and maintenance tips.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1975 (v.206#5) pg. 112

How one man uses the heat output from an air conditioning system to heat the water for his household needs. Est. cost: $200.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1975 (v.207#4) pg. 125

Oversized condensing coil attached to a house air conditioning system is cooled by passing swimming pool water over the coil. In this way, the pool water is heated as the house is cooled. Est. cost: $150.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1978 (v.212#5) pg. 24

Use the exhaust heat from a built-in air conditioning system to heat hot water for a household of 4 people. Will provide a 40-degree rise in temperature as the water flows through the heat exchanger. Est. cost: $150.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1978 (v.213#4) pg. 38

Add ceiling-level cold air return ducts to improve your air conditioning system.
POPULAR SCIENCE Apr 1985 (v.226#4) pg. 112

Energy miser for air conditioners. Build this device to control the cycling time of your central air-conditioning system. Designed for 24-volt DC control systems. Est. cost: $30.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Jul 1984 (v.55#7) pg. 43

Decorative folding screen to conceal air conditioner and deflect its cool air away from beds, etc.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS May 1966 (v.37#5) pg. 60

How to buy window air conditioners.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Jun 1971 (v.42#6) pg. 64

Buyer's guide to choosing an energy-efficient window air conditioner.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Fall 1980 pg. 52

How to cool your home and still save energy.
SUNSET Jul 1980 (v.165#1) pg. 68

Tip: Conceal a thru-the-wall air conditioner with a fabric wall hanging when the unit is not in use.
SUNSET May 1982 (v.168#5) pg. 156

Cooling trends. Advice on selecting and installing a window air conditioner.
TODAY'S HOMEOWNER #825 May 1998 (v.94) pg. 46

Tips on installing your own central air conditioner.
WORKBENCH Mar-Apr 1969 (v.25#2) pg. 22

How to install a central home air conditioner.
WORKBENCH Mar-Apr 1971 (v.27#2) pg. 8

AIR CUSHION VEHICLE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR CUSHION VEHICLE
x   GROUND EFFECT MACHINE
xx   AIRCRAFT

Dobson two-place air car assembled from precut parts. Est. cost: $1,000.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #492 May 1969 (v.65) pg. 68

Build the Yellow Jacket, an air cushion vehicle that will operate over land or water. Est. cost: $400.
POPULAR MECHANICS Mar 1971 (v.135#3) pg. 126

Build this air-cushion vehicle from Popular Mechanics plans. Measures 14' long and 6 1/2' wide. Will hit speeds up to 60 mph with a 28-hp snowmobile engine and a second go-kart engine. Est. cost: $600. Plans cost: $10.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1975 (v.144#3) pg. 77

Build "Pegasus", an 87"-diameter air-cushion vehicle powered by a lawn mower engine. It carries over 200 pounds and clears obstacles up to 10" high. Basic construction illustrated, but plans must be ordered. Est. cost: $200.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1984 (v.161#1) pg. 62

AIR GUN entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR GUN
xx   GUN

Build an air gun range. Two styles shown. (1) Outdoor range with targets clipped to wires running between two standards that hold a canvas backstop. (2) Target mounted on a corrugated box filled with bound magazines and crumpled paper or canvas.
BOYS' LIFE Sep 1986 (v.76#9) pg. H (34+)

How to build a home air gun range.
BOYS' LIFE Jul 1992 (v.82#7) pg. 40

Tip on making a BB dispenser from a plastic drinking straw.
BOYS' LIFE Feb 1994 (v.84#2) pg. 11

Tip on using a clean plastic ketchup squeeze bottle to load a BB gun.
BOYS' LIFE Jun 1994 (v.84#6) pg. 15

Build an indoor air gun target backstop.
BOYS' LIFE Oct 1995 (v.85#10) pg. 20

Animated gallery for air guns.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #427 Dec 1963 (v.59) pg. 86

Choosing and using an air or carbon dioxide gun. How to construct two kinds of indoor pellet traps.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #534 Nov 1972 (v.68) pg. 112

Make your own shooting gallery for pellet gun or air rifle. Unit features five target systems which reset themselves automatically. They include paper targets, disapearing discs, rotating discs, rotating wheel and discs which revolve when hit.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #604 Sep 1978 (v.74) pg. 74

Audible target for a BB or pellet gun sounds a tone when it detects a "hit".
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Sep 1987 (v.4#9) pg. 52
Correction MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Nov 1987 (v.4#11) pg. 5

Table-top shooting gallery with moving targets.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1972 (v.137#6) pg. 146

Tips on selecting and using the newer air guns to learn or improve your shooting techniques. How to construct a simple indoor or outdoor range.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1978 (v.150#5) pg. 94

BB guns join the big leagues. A look at what is available in air guns for the adult.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1982 (v.157#1) pg. 86

Pellet trap for air guns.
POPULAR SCIENCE Dec 1971 (v.199#6) pg. 91

Buyer's guide to air rifles. A gun expert tells you how to choose.
POPULAR SCIENCE Nov 1975 (v.207#5) pg. 78

AIR PUMP entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR PUMP
sa   AIR COMPRESSOR
sa   BELLOWS
xx   PUMP

Build a "flit gun" (air pump) to blow sawdust away from a jigsaw blade.
FINE WOODWORKING #57 Mar-Apr 1986 pg. 8

Recycle an old refrigerator compressor into a combination vacuum pump and air pump.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #67 Jan-Feb 1981 pg. 68

Convert an empty caulking cartridge into a hand pump by fitting it with a handle and piston.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1969 (v.131#6) pg. 174

How to make a lightweight blower from an old tank vacuum cleaner.
WORKBENCH Jul-Aug 1974 (v.30#4) pg. 22

AIR QUALITY entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR QUALITY
sa   HEAT EXCHANGER
sa   RADON
sa   VENTILATION
x   AIR POLLUTION
xx   ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
xx   HEALTH & SAFETY
xx   HOUSE

There's something in the air. Advice on sources of air pollution in the home. Looks at asbestos, histoplasmosis, radon, and urea formaldehyde foam insulation.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jul 1989 (v.12#10) pg. 14

Sick houses. Advice on toxins and contaminants in a home and how to remove or contain as many as possible.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Sep 1992 (v.15#12) pg. 14
Added Info CANADIAN WORKSHOP Jan 1993 (v.16#4) pg. 8
Added Info CANADIAN WORKSHOP May 1993 (v.16#8) pg. 4

Five steps to a healthier home. General advice on controlling indoor air pollution.
ELECTRONIC HOUSE Apr 1998 (v.13#2) pg. 52

Is your indoor air safe to breath? Part 1. Causes of air pollution in your home.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #251 Sep 1984 (v.34#7) pg. 132

Is your indoor air safe to breath. Part 2. Solving the problem. A look at air-to-air heat exchangers.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #252 Oct 1984 (v.34#8) pg. 128

Is your indoor air safe to breath? Part 3. Improving indoor air quality.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #253 Nov 1984 (v.34#9) pg. 94

Carbon monoxide. How to keep it from becoming a problem in your home.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #286 Feb 1988 (v.38#2) pg. 58
Added Info FAMILY HANDYMAN #289 May-Jun 1988 (v.38#5) pg. 14

How a house "breaths". A look at indoor air quality and ventilation.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #293 Nov-Dec 1988 (v.38#9) pg. 26

The fresh air contest. How combustion devices and fans compete for inside air. How proper chimney updrafts work. The causes and cures for back drafting.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #301 Sep 1989 (v.39#8) pg. 10

How to recognize and correct the ten most common indoor air pollutants.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #315 Feb 1991 (v.41#2) pg. 8

How to prevent carbon monoxide from becoming a deadly problem in a home.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #324 Jan 1992 (v.42#1) pg. 50

How to stop back drafting in a tight house.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #352 Oct 1994 (v.44#9) pg. 24

Allergy free in Ottawa. Experiences learned building a house for someone with severe allergic reactions to common building materials.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #46 Apr-May 1988 pg. 70
Added Info FINE HOMEBUILDING #49 Oct-Nov 1988 pg. 6

Beating indoor air pollution. How to combine a tight envelope with continuous air ventilation to boost energy efficiency and keep radon out.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #78 Dec 1992-Jan 1993 pg. 68

Plants for healthier homes. Selecting and using living houseplants to reduce indoor air pollution.
GARBAGE Mar-Apr 1990 (v.2#2) pg. 36
Added Info GARBAGE Jul-Aug 1990 (v.2#4) pg. 10

A look at some of the factors to consider in building a "clean air" house, one free of chemical toxins.
HARROWSMITH #72 Mar-Apr 1987 (v.11#6) pg. 46

The clean green machine. Using household plants to fight indoor air pollution. (1) Circulate indoor air through a solarium filled with some of the best plants to filter air. (2) Build a plant-charcoal air filter.
HOME MECHANIX #727 Nov 1988 (v.84) pg. 56
Added Info HOME MECHANIX #734 Jun 1989 (v.85) pg. 8
Added Info HOME MECHANIX #735 Jul 1989 (v.85) pg. 8

Clean air, healthy air for your home environment. Tips on filtering indoor air, controlling humidity, and maintaining ventilation.
HOME MECHANIX #749 Oct 1990 (v.86) pg. 16

Simple techniques to test for and cure back drafting.
HOME MECHANIX #788 Sep 1994 (v.90) pg. 8

Breathing easier. How to make sure the air in your home is free from smoke, pollen, excess moisture and other harmful irritants.
HOME MECHANIX #793 Mar 1995 (v.91) pg. 62

Clearing the air. Strategies for beating indoor air pollution.
HOMEOWNER Oct 1989 (v.14#8) pg. 28

Back drafting. Recognizing and remedying a largely unrecognized, and potentially deadly, form of indoor air pollution.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #114 Nov-Dec 1988 pg. 92

Are you home sick? Causes and solutions of indoor contamination or air pollution.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #116 Mar-Apr 1989 pg. 90

Clean air indoors. 4 articles look at the dangers of trapped pollution in todays tighter houses.
NEW SHELTER May-Jun 1982 (v.3#5) pg. 20

SPECIAL REPORT: Your healthy home. How to improve air and water quality. Includes a guide to nontoxic home maintenance, building a safe home from the ground up, and water treatments.
NEW SHELTER Sep 1984 (v.5#7) pg. 43

Indoor air quality. Where indoor pollution comes from and what you can do about it.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1987 (v.164#8) pg. 103

Build an air-pollution tester which uses a wet impingement system for capturing pollutant particles.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1970 (v.197#4) pg. 97

Healthy building. Reduce indoor pollution by using nontoxic building materials. Also includes tips on removing toxic chemicals from new carpeting.
PRACTICAL HOMEOWNER Feb 1987 (v.2#2) pg. 30
Added Info PRACTICAL HOMEOWNER Jul-Aug 1987 (v.2#6) pg. 14

Indoor pollution solution. You can breathe easier with houseplants. Tips on using several varieties of house plants or a "plant air cleanser" to remove some pollutants from the air.
PRACTICAL HOMEOWNER Sep 1987 (v.2#7) pg. 18
Added Info PRACTICAL HOMEOWNER Mar 1988 (v.3#3) pg. 14

The amateur scientist. How to detect microgram quantities of metals in air, liquids and solids. Includes plans for a ring oven to do chemical-spot testing. Used in monitoring for pollution.
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN Feb 1981 (v.244#2) pg. 168

AIR SUPPORTED BUILDINGS entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR SUPPORTED BUILDINGS
xx   BUILDINGS & STRUCTURES

Construct a large 27x85 ft. air bubble shelter out of a 40x100 ft. polyethylene sheet which is inflated with an ordinary household fan. Ideal for a winter shelter for large projects. Est. cost: $60.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jan 1969 (v.194#1) pg. 134

Build your own inflatable dome. Use a kit or start from scratch. A 16-, 25-, or 34-foot diameter version is available in kit form. You can also make your own out of nylon reinforced vinyl. Est. cost (kit version): $300 to $675.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jul 1973 (v.203#1) pg. 90

AIR TOOL entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIR TOOL
sa   AIR CLAMP
sa   AIR COMPRESSOR
sa   AIR HOSE & LINE
sa   NAIL GUN
sa   SANDBLASTING & BEAD BLASTING
x   PNEUMATIC TOOL
xx   AIR COMPRESSOR
xx   TOOL

An introduction to pneumatic tools. Looks at compressors, nailers, staplers, hoses, couplings, accessories, ... etc.
CANADIAN HOME WORKSHOP Jul-Aug 1999 (v.22#9) pg. 46

Power nailing. A look at air nailers and staplers.
CANADIAN WORKSHOP Apr 1986 (v.9#7) pg. 18

Working with small air-powered dental handpieces (drills).
ELECTRONICS NOW Jun 1994 (v.65#6) pg. 83

Air power. Here's what compressed-air tools can do for you and how to buy the air compressor to run them.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #297 Apr 1989 (v.39#4) pg. 84

Nail guns. Pneumatic nailers and staplers allow speed and precision not possible with hand nailing. What is available and tips on their use.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #15 Jun-Jul 1983 pg. 49
Added Info FINE HOMEBUILDING #17 Oct-Nov 1983 pg. 6

Finish nailers. An overview of the new models of air-powered (pneumatic) finish nailers. How they work, nails and magazines, selection, etc.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #47 Jun-Jul 1988 pg. 72

Framing nailers. A guide to selecting the right air-powered nailer for the work that you do.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #56 Oct-Nov 1989 pg. 52

Tip on keeping dirt and grit out of a pneumatic tool's air connector when the tool is not in use.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #99 Dec 1995-Jan 1996 pg. 22

Tip on using a sharpened muffler-cutting chisel and a pneumatic air hammer for cutting wood.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #114 Feb-Mar 1998 pg. 30

Tip on using a pneumatic impact hammer for driving nails in tight places.
FINE HOMEBUILDING #118 Aug-Sep 1998 pg. 30

Air-powered tools. What's available and where to get it.
FINE WOODWORKING #14 Jan-Feb 1979 pg. 70

Working wood without electricity. How Amish woodworkers convert modern machines to operate off of a diesel-driven lineshaft, hydraulic pressure, and air power.
FINE WOODWORKING #56 Jan-Feb 1986 pg. 72

Compressed-air systems. Choosing and using compressors. Advice on installing permanent air lines in the workshop. Tips on selecting a spray gun and accessories.
FINE WOODWORKING #82 May-Jun 1990 pg. 56
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #84 Sep-Oct 1990 pg. 10
Added Info FINE WOODWORKING #85 Nov-Dec 1990 pg. 6

Tip on selecting quick-change couplings for a compressed-air system.
FINE WOODWORKING #85 Nov-Dec 1990 pg. 26

Pneumatic die grinders in the woodshop. Using these versatile tools to solve a host of cutting, grinding and sanding problems.
FINE WOODWORKING #127 Nov-Dec 1997 pg. 88

Coming up for air. Making the leap to air-powered tools in woodworking. Advice on selecting tools, fittings, hoses, etc.
FINE WOODWORKING #130 May-Jun 1998 pg. 75

Working on air. Part 2. Putting air compressors to use in the home and shop. Some tips.
HOME MECHANIX #730 Feb 1989 (v.85) pg. 74

Tip on using a lightweight air-impact hammer to do woodcarving with chisels.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1976 (v.145#1) pg. 152

Lower-priced air-driven tools now available for the home workshop. They include grinders, drills, sanders, chisels, and wrenches.
POPULAR SCIENCE Aug 1971 (v.199#2) pg. 92

Power wrenches. What is available and tips on their uses. Both air and electric models are viewed.
POPULAR SCIENCE Aug 1978 (v.213#2) pg. 106

Air tools for your shop. Tips on selecting and using air tools in the home workshop.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jun 1981 (v.218#6) pg. 100

Air power. What is available in air-powered tools and compressors for do-it-yourselfers. How to modify existing air tools and make accessories to do new jobs. Includes instructions for making a simple sand blaster cabinet for cleaning and etching small parts.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jul 1988 (v.233#1) pg. 68, 72
Added Info POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1988 (v.233#4) pg. 6

Tools you can rent to help you demolish your own concrete or asphalt paving.
SUNSET Sep 1982 (v.169#3) pg. 196

Air power. What an air compressor can add to your workshop. Tips on selecting a compressor and which air tools you can use with them.
WOOD MAGAZINE #10 Apr 1986 (v.3#2) pg. 50

Tip: Add a tire-valve extender to inflator needles.
WORKBENCH Mar-Apr 1988 (v.44#2) pg. 64

Guide to air-powered tools for the homeowner. What is available and tips on their use.
WORKBENCH Sep-Oct 1988 (v.44#5) pg. 74

AIRBRUSHING entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRBRUSHING
xx   ART BRUSH
xx   DRAWING & PAINTING
xx   SPRAY PAINTING & FINISHING

Rendering shadows in an airbrush illustration. Basic information on volumetric and cast shadows and how to achieve variations in each through masking and spraying techniques.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jun 1989 (v.6#6) pg. 30

How to use an airbrush to render transparent and translucent objects.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Aug 1989 (v.6#8) pg. 86

How to create realistic wood and brick surfaces by combining airbrush with colored pencils or pen and ink.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Oct 1989 (v.6#10) pg. 44
Added Info ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Feb 1990 (v.7#2) pg. 42

Mixed-media illustrations. A description of Tom Gonzalez's techniques that combine pastel, watercolors and airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Oct 1989 (v.6#10) pg. 105

Using masks in airbrushing. How to create a variety of patterns and effects with everyday objects.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1989 (v.6#12) pg. 36

How to render metal in airbrush illustrations.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Feb 1990 (v.7#2) pg. 41

Tips on illustration board and frisket selection for use in airbrushing.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Apr 1990 (v.7#4) pg. 6

Choosing the right paint for airbrushing. Covers watercolor, ink, dye, gouache and acrylic.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Apr 1990 (v.7#4) pg. 39

Airbrush supplies made simple. Information on choosing an airbrush, on the range of media that can be used, decisions on a painting surface, friskets and air supply. Photos show the basic five-step process of painting a picture.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jul 1990 (v.7#7) pg. 66

How to make corrections and adjustments in airbrush artwork.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Sep 1990 (v.7#9) pg. 78

Simple tricks for creating fur and leather textures with an airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1990 (v.7#12) pg. 72

Basic airbrushing dos and don't when using masking film or frisket, preformed templates and handmade stencils.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Apr 1991 (v.8#4) pg. 22

Outfitting for airbrushing. A guide to airbrushes and compressors.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jun 1991 (v.8#6) pg. 19

Airbrush techniques for achieving the coloring, texture and shapes of polished semiprecious stones. Three-step diagrams are furnished for jade, tigereye and purple stone.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jul 1991 (v.8#7) pg. 18

How to use graphite or colored pencils to add texture to airbrush art.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Nov 1991 (v.8#11) pg. 83

Suggestions for experiments in airbrushing on different types of paper.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1991 (v.8#12) pg. 78

Maintaining an airbrush. Troubleshooting and preventing problems.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Feb 1992 (v.9#2) pg. 84

Taking the edge off. A four-part method for getting a soft, natural look with an airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Apr 1992 (v.9#4) pg. 79

Grooving with airbrush. How to develop a brush-like textured surface in airbrush work through the use of gel medium and gesso.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jun 1992 (v.9#6) pg. 18

Two tricks for making innovative color blends and for painting water drops using an airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jul 1992 (v.9#7) pg. 76

Efficient ways to get from concept to painting. Tips from top airbrush professionals.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1992 (v.9#12) pg. 80

Strategic planning for airbrushing. Working out a composition.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Feb 1993 (v.10#2) pg. 66

How to make complete eye-catching images with an airbrush using only three colors (yellow, red and blue).
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jul 1993 (v.10#7) pg. 62

Using stencils in airbrushing. How to develop a quick layout and simple value sketch with stencils you design yourself.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Aug 1993 (v.10#8) pg. 20

How to paint convincing facial features. A step-by-step guide to airbrush rendering of the eyes, nose and mouth.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Oct 1993 (v.10#10) pg. 44

Tip describes how to make a gadget that catches and contains the mist when flushing water through an airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Nov 1993 (v.10#11) pg. 13A
Added Info ARTIST'S MAGAZINE May 1994 (v.11#5) pg. 10

Spraying realistic watercolors. An introduction to manipulating watercolor using an airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1993 (v.10#12) pg. 16

Tip shows how to use 35mm film canisters for airbrush color cups.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Feb 1994 (v.11#2) pg. 6A

How to use a computer to scan initial sketches, refine drawings and cut airbrush frisket on a drum plotter.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Mar 1994 (v.11#3) pg. 18

Using an airbrush to render realistic textures that simulate wood grain, stone, chrome and glass.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jun 1994 (v.11#6) pg. 18

How to execute details in an airbrush painting without the aid of frisket, stencils or brushwork.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Aug 1994 (v.11#8) pg. 66

Four airbrush techniques for creating unusual effects. (1) Line-and-wash adds color to an ink drawing. (2) Use of strips of cut and torn paper to create variable edge qualities. (3) Use of found objects as masks to create textures. (4) Use of hand-made stencils for modeling forms.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Oct 1994 (v.11#10) pg. 71

Practical tips on selecting and using a mouth atomizer for applying paint, fixatives and varnish.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1994 (v.11#12) pg. 2A

A multi-layered approach to realism. How to make your subject stand out by layering airbrush and brushwork.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Dec 1994 (v.11#12) pg. 70

How to build depth and drama by airbrushing exclusively with sepia tones.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jan 1995 (v.12#1) pg. 71

Airbrushing techniques for rendering highly textural elements like sand and rocks.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Mar 1995 (v.12#3) pg. 41

How to airbrush realistic-looking fabric.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Sep 1995 (v.12#9) pg. 32

How to combine drybrush and dry transfer with airbrushing to achieve a variety of textures. Examples show how to create realistic fur and pigskin.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Oct 1995 (v.12#10) pg. 38

Airbrush made easy. How to decide which airbrush model to select and advice on getting acquainted with the tool. Step-by-step photos show how to create both flat and gradated washes.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Jul 1996 (v.13#7) pg. 30

How to create loose, painterly texture in airbrush paintings.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Nov 1996 (v.13#11) pg. 63

Advice on adequate ventilation when using an airbrush.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Feb 1999 (v.16#2) pg. 75

The airbrush alternative. How eight artists use this tool to enhance, build and soften their paintings.
ARTIST'S MAGAZINE Nov 1999 (v.16#11) pg. 56

How to paint models with an air brush. Photos show the basic operation of a beginner's kit. Includes tips on preparing the surface to be painted.
BOYS' LIFE Oct 1978 (v.68#10) pg. 65

SPECIAL SECTION on airbrushing ceramics. Introduction to equipment, pigments, and technique. Includes five projects.
CERAMICS Nov-Dec 1990 (v.27#3) pg. 30

Airbrushing. Replies to inquiries about airbrushing ceramics.
CERAMICS Apr 1994 (v.30#8) pg. 19

The mysterious airbrush. Part 1. Everything you need to know about the airbrush (equipment, paint and costs) and several easy-to-follow techniques that make using the airbrush simple.
CHIP CHATS Jul-Aug 1995 (v.42#4) pg. 53

The mysterious airbrush. Part 2. Painting a decorative bufflehead decoy.
CHIP CHATS Sep-Oct 1995 (v.42#5) pg. 92

How to stencil wildflowers on napkins, placemats and window curtains using an airbrush. Patterns for black-eyed Susan, bell flower, violets and wild rose furnished.
DECORATING & CRAFT IDEAS May 1979 (v.10#4) pg. 50

Advice on getting started in airbrushing. Describes equipment and supplies. Suggests two exercises for practice using an airbrush.
DECORATIVE ARTIST'S WORKBOOK May-Jun 1996 (v.23#3) pg. 8

Low-cost airbrush is made from an animal-syringe needle and a felt-tip marker.
FINE WOODWORKING #65 Jul-Aug 1987 pg. 10

Tip on making your own regulated air supply for airbrush use from a portable air tank and a small 12-volt air compressor.
FINESCALE MODELER Dec 1989 (v.7#8) pg. 79

Finishing school for plastic kit models. Lesson 7. Basic airbrushing. Getting started with the ideal paint applicator.
FINESCALE MODELER Nov 1990 (v.8#7) pg. 42

Two ideas for capturing waste paint and thinner when cleaning an airbrush.
FINESCALE MODELER Nov 1990 (v.8#7) pg. 74

Finishing school for plastic kit models. Lesson 8. Advanced airbrushing. Camouflage, masking techniques, soft blended lines, etc.
FINESCALE MODELER Dec 1990 (v.8#8) pg. 42

Finishing school for plastic kit models. Lesson 9. Airbrushing natural metal finishes.
FINESCALE MODELER Jan 1991 (v.9#1) pg. 42

Holder for airbrush and hose made from PVC pipe.
FINESCALE MODELER Sep 1991 (v.9#6) pg. 66

Airbrush tips from the experts. Thirteen experienced modelers share information on their equipment, paints, and techniques.
FINESCALE MODELER Mar 1992 (v.10#3) pg. 50

Airbrush basics. A beginner's guide to that wonderful, yet frustrating miniature spray gun. Looks at operation, cleaning, air sources, respirators and hoods, etc.
FINESCALE MODELER Dec 1993 (v.11#8) pg. 44

The air tank alternative. An inexpensive, portable and quiet air source for your airbrush.
FINESCALE MODELER Nov 1994 (v.12#7) pg. 32

Airbrush holder made from pipe flange and 5" nipple.
FINESCALE MODELER Jan 1995 (v.13#1) pg. 74

Tip on cleaning airbrush tips with dental floss.
FINESCALE MODELER Sep 1995 (v.13#7) pg. 64

Basic airbrushes. A survey of seven starter airbrushes for modelers.
FINESCALE MODELER Jan 1996 (v.14#1) pg. 32

Basic airbrushing techniques. Using your airbrush to paint better models, especially camouflage paint jobs.
FINESCALE MODELER Feb 1996 (v.14#2) pg. 30

Advanced airbrushes. A survey of seven double-action airbrushes for modelers. Includes instructions on cleaning your airbrush.
FINESCALE MODELER Mar 1996 (v.14#3) pg. 82

Airbrushing using acrylic model paints. An overview of available brands and the basics of airbrushing.
FINESCALE MODELER Nov 1997 (v.15#9) pg. 32

Airbrushing basics. Learning to use one of scale modeling's most essential tools. Part 1. Airbrush types, air sources, paint, and cleaning the airbrush.
FINESCALE MODELER Feb 1999 (v.17#2) pg. 30

Airbrushing basics. Part 2. Tricks, techniques, and troubleshooting.
FINESCALE MODELER Mar 1999 (v.17#3) pg. 32

Inexpensive airbrush power. Build your own airbrush compressor by combining a battery-powered car tire pump with a seven-gallon air tank and regulator. Est. cost: $50.
FINESCALE MODELER Dec 1999 (v.17#10) pg. 40

Airbrushing: what every photographer should know about it. Airbrushing is the art of applying soft, subtle, tonal progressions through the use of compressed air or gas.
INDUSTRIAL PHOTOGRAPHY Sep 1978 (v.27#9) pg. 46

How to transfer paint from spray cans for use in an airbrush. This avoids the need to thin your own paint.
IPMS/USA JOURNAL Jul 1993 (v.5#5) pg. 31
Added Info IPMS/USA JOURNAL Jan 1994 (v.6#2) pg. 13

Airbrushes. Basic information for model makers.
IPMS/USA JOURNAL Nov-Dec 1996 (v.9#1) pg. 54

Basic airbrushing techniques for applying color to leather. Part 1. Selecting equipment and practice lessons.
LEATHER CRAFTERS JOURNAL May-Jun 1992 (v.2#3) pg. 34

Basic airbrushing techniques for applying color to leather. Part 2. Adding color to a stamped design.
LEATHER CRAFTERS JOURNAL Jul-Aug 1992 (v.2#4) pg. 10

Basic airbrushing techniques for applying color to leather. Part 3. Shading and coloring a fall oak leaf.
LEATHER CRAFTERS JOURNAL Sep-Oct 1992 (v.2#5) pg. 26

Learning to air brush models. One person's experience.
MODEL BOATS #473 Jul 1990 (v.40) pg. 32

Airbrushing scale model boats. Part 1. Equipment.
MODEL BOATS #582 May 27 1999 (v.49) pg. 22

Airbrushing scale model boats. Part 2. Basic technique.
MODEL BOATS #583 Jun 24 1999 (v.49) pg. 26

Airbrushing scale model boats. Part 3. Weathering.
MODEL BOATS #584 Jul 22 1999 (v.49) pg. 26

Painting with an airbrush. The basic of using this valuable modeling tool.
MODEL RAILROADER Jun 1992 (v.59#6) pg. 128

Airbrushing for model railroaders. Selecting and using this remarkable tool.
MODEL RAILROADER Nov 1998 (v.65#11) pg. 74

Airbrushing color photos to add images not found in the original print.
PHOTOGRAPHIC Apr 1987 (v.15#12) pg. 38
Added Info PHOTOGRAPHIC Aug 1987 (v.16#4) pg. 12

Painting on fabric with an airbrush. The basics of operating an airbrush, manipulating the fabric, painting yardage and using stencils. Includes instructions for painting a Shibori scarf using the Japanese pole wrapping method of arashi. Also includes a gridded pattern for a woman's jacket with raglan sleeves, a V-neckline and set-in pockets.
THREADS #31 Oct-Nov 1990 pg. 67

An introduction to the airbrush, a super-versatile finishing tool for a woodshop.
WOOD MAGAZINE #49 Jan 1992 (v.9#1) pg. 56

Low cost airbrushes make painting fun. Tips on selecting and using one.
WORKBENCH Jan-Feb 1979 (v.35#1) pg. 77

AIRCRAFT entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT
sa   AIR CUSHION VEHICLE
sa   AIRCRAFT ACCESSORIES
sa   AIRCRAFT AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT AIRFOIL
sa   AIRCRAFT ALTERNATOR & GENERATOR
sa   AIRCRAFT BATTERY
sa   AIRCRAFT BRAKE SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT BUYING & SELLING
sa   AIRCRAFT CARBURETOR
sa   AIRCRAFT CLEANING & POLISHING
sa   AIRCRAFT COCKPIT & INTERIOR
sa   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION
sa   AIRCRAFT CORROSION
sa   AIRCRAFT COWLING
sa   AIRCRAFT DEICING SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT DESIGN
sa   AIRCRAFT DOCUMENTATION
sa   AIRCRAFT DOOR
sa   AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT ENGINE
sa   AIRCRAFT EXHAUST SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT FABRIC COVERING
sa   AIRCRAFT FAIRING
sa   AIRCRAFT FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT FLIGHT SIMULATOR
sa   AIRCRAFT FLIGHT TESTING
sa   AIRCRAFT FLOATS
sa   AIRCRAFT FUEL SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT HANGAR & TIE DOWN
sa   AIRCRAFT HARDWARE
sa   AIRCRAFT HEATING & VENTILATION SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT IGNITION SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT INSPECTION
sa   AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENT
sa   AIRCRAFT INSURANCE
sa   AIRCRAFT JACK
sa   AIRCRAFT LANDING GEAR
sa   AIRCRAFT LIGHTING SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT LOCK
sa   AIRCRAFT LUBRICATION
sa   AIRCRAFT MAGNETO
sa   AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
sa   AIRCRAFT OIL SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT OXYGEN SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT PAINTING & FINISHING
sa   AIRCRAFT PILOTING
sa   AIRCRAFT PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT PRESSURIZATION
sa   AIRCRAFT PROPELLER
sa   AIRCRAFT RESTORATION
sa   AIRCRAFT RESTRAINT SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT RIGGING & TRIMMING
sa   AIRCRAFT SEAT
sa   AIRCRAFT SIMULATOR
sa   AIRCRAFT SKIS
sa   AIRCRAFT SPARK PLUG
sa   AIRCRAFT SPINNER
sa   AIRCRAFT STARTER SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT STORAGE
sa   AIRCRAFT TOOL
sa   AIRCRAFT VACUUM SYSTEM
sa   AIRCRAFT WEIGHT & BALANCE
sa   AIRCRAFT WELDING
sa   AIRCRAFT WINDOW & CANOPY
sa   AUTOGIRO
sa   AVIATION DRAWING & PAINTING
sa   AVIATION PHOTOGRAPHY
sa   AVIATION RADIO
sa   GLIDER & SAILPLANE
sa   GYROPLANE
sa   HANG GLIDING
sa   HELICOPTER
sa   HOT AIR BALLOON
sa   MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT
sa   ORNITHOPTER
sa   TOY AIRCRAFT
sa   UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECT

Tip on color coding aircraft piping to identify the contents (fuel, fuel vent, oil, pitot pressure, static pressure, and manifold pressure).
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Mar-Apr 1993 pg. 9

Scaled planes. Tips from a famous replicator for builders embarking on the re-creation of nostalgic aeroplanes.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1984 (v.11#1) pg. 31

F.8L Falco kit airplane. Some building tips, owner comments and future plans.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1985 (v.12#8) pg. 22

How to get satisfaction when purchasing a kit airplane. An explanation of warranties and your legal recourse if not satisfied.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Sep 1986 (v.13#9) pg. 17

Pitfalls of kit airplanes.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1987 (v.14#1) pg. 52

A compendium of suggestions for degaussing a magnetized airframe.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Dec 1993 (v.15#12) pg. 7

Build an all-wood airplane, the MI Mini Ace, for under $1,000.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #450 Nov 1965 (v.61) pg. 104

One-place homebuilt airplane. Low-wing, open cockpit, 650-lb airplane is powered by a 40-hp Volkswagen engine. Airframe stressed to 6.6 G's. Wings and horizontal stabilizer can be removed for trailering on its own wheels. Est. cost: $1,000.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #496 Sep 1969 (v.65) pg. 72

Mechanix Illustrated two-passenger Volksplane reviewed and tested. Powered by a VW engine of 60- to 65-hp. Designed to be homebuilt. Plans cost $45.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #528 May 1972 (v.68) pg. 67

Mechanix Illustrated Baby Ace. King of the homebuilt airplanes. A profile of the airplane and its history over the last 20 years. Instructions on how and where to get plans.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #545 Oct 1973 (v.69) pg. 11

Profile of a homebuilt airplane, the KR-2, single seater, low-wing which uses plastic foam for some of the structure. Powered by an 80 hp VW engine.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #571 Dec 1975 (v.71) pg. 84

Illustrations and addresses for plans of ten airplanes you can build.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #572 Jan 1976 (v.72) pg. 66

The Quickie, a one-man homebuilt airplane that can be built from a kit. Forward wings, with wheels at the tips, contain the elevators. Rear wings have ailerons. Rudder pedals are linked to the tail wheel. Est. cost: $4,000.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #608 Jan 1979 (v.75) pg. 36

Delta wing airplane is powered by small jet engine.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1965 (v.124#1) pg. 152

All-metal, one-man airplane is powered by a Volkswagen engine. Est. cost: $600.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1968 (v.129#5) pg. 120

Build a four-place cabin airplane for $3,500. Design by Jim Bede. Called the BD-4. Wings are ready-made and most of the fuselage just bolts together.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1969 (v.131#5) pg. 112

Teenie Two. Volkswagen-powered plane can be built from PM plans.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1971 (v.135#5) pg. 94

A look at 17 of the best homebuilt planes.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1972 (v.137#5) pg. 88

Homebuilt amphibian airplane, the two-seat Coot. Est. cost: $3,500. Plans for $150.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1972 (v.137#6) pg. 88

The Pazmany all-metal homebuilt two-seater plane is profiled. Est. cost: $2,600. Plans cost $150.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1972 (v.138#1) pg. 92

Sidewinder, a side-by-side, two-place, all-metal homebuilt airplane is profiled. Est. cost: $3,500. Plans cost $125.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1972 (v.138#2) pg. 98

Homebuilt all-metal, VW engine-powered, single-seat "Mini-Hawk" is profiled. Est. cost: $1,000. Plans cost $35.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1972 (v.138#3) pg. 114

Homebuilt mini-Mustang flys at 250 mph. Carries a 230 lb. pilot, has retractable landing gear and all metal construction. Est. cost: $1,500. Plans cost $125.
POPULAR MECHANICS Oct 1972 (v.138#4) pg. 96

Jim Bede's BD-5 homebuilt plane profiled. Features a pusher prop, sleek design and speeds over 200 mph with a 45-hp engine. Available in regular or sailplane version. Est. cost: $2,100.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1972 (v.138#5) pg. 174

Homebuilt delta-wing airplane features folding wings, retractable gear, 4-passenger capacity. Est. cost: $3,500. Plans cost $125.
POPULAR MECHANICS Dec 1972 (v.138#6) pg. 128

A profile of the Thorp T-18 Tiger, a low-wing, two-place (side-by-side) plane that will hit 190 mph with a 150-hp Lycoming engine. Uses simple construction methods in the airframe. Est. cost: $5,800. Plans cost $150.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1973 (v.139#2) pg. 91

Profile of the Ken Rand homebuilt airplane called the KR-1. A 36-hp Volkwagen engine gives a top speed of 170 mph in this low wing, one-place plane with retractable gear and removable wings. Much of the plane is built of Styrofoam and wood. Plans cost: $20.
POPULAR MECHANICS Mar 1973 (v.139#3) pg. 89

A look at George Pereiros' Osprey, a flying boat you can build yourself. Est. cost: $1,000 plus engine and propeller. Plans cost $65.
POPULAR MECHANICS Apr 1973 (v.139#4) pg. 78

A profile of the VariViggen homebuilt aircraft. A large delta-shaped wing at the rear, twin tails, a pusher propeller, tandem seating and a small wing on the nose are unique features of this plane.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1973 (v.139#5) pg. 145

The Pazmany PL-4A, a homebuilt single-seater that is powered by a Volkswagen engine. Est. cost: $2,000. Plans cost $50.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1973 (v.139#6) pg. 127

The DAL-1 Tuholer, a homebuilt airplane designed by Tony Spezio has two cockpits in tandem. Wings fold up for trailering airplane behind car. Plans cost $40.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1973 (v.140#1) pg. 85

The Davis DA-2A, a two-seater airplane you can build. Has a V-tail. Est. cost: $1,600. Plans cost $110.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1973 (v.140#2) pg. 124

The EEA Biplane, A single-cockpit plane for build-it-yourselfers. Plans cost $38.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1973 (v.140#3) pg. 102

The RV-3, a build-it-yourself plane that offers aerobatic performance and STOL characteristics. Can land at 48 mph in 300 ft. and take off in 250 ft. Est. cost: $2,500. Plan cost $90.
POPULAR MECHANICS Oct 1973 (v.140#4) pg. 148

A look at the Pitts Special, an aerobatic homebuilt plane. Plans cost $150.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1973 (v.140#5) pg. 122

How to build the Bede 5J, the first build-it-yourself jet. Available in kit form for the advanced amateur. Est. cost: $21,400.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1973 (v.140#5) pg. 192

The Scamp, a Volkswagen powered, single-seater, open-cockpit, all-metal bi-plane you can build. Est. cost (kit): $2,245. Plans cost $50.
POPULAR MECHANICS Dec 1973 (v.140#6) pg. 160

Side-by-side two-seater called the Zenith. Est. cost: $2,700. Plans cost $150.
POPULAR MECHANICS Mar 1974 (v.141#3) pg. 128

Homebuilt plane is scaled-down replica of Britain's World War II Hawker Hurricane. Constructed of wood with plywood skins and fabric covering. Est. cost: $4,000. Plans cost $115.
POPULAR MECHANICS Apr 1974 (v.141#4) pg. 110

Single place, low wing metal homebuilt plane started out as a surplus aircraft wingtip tank. Est. cost: $1500. Plans cost $50.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1974 (v.141#5) pg. 109

Homebuilt biplane carries two people, side-by-side in the same open cockpit. The "Wichawk" is styled similar to the Steaman PT-17 trainer. Est. cost: $3,500. Plans cost $125.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jun 1974 (v.141#6) pg. 74

A 300-mph aerobatic homebuilt plane features tandem cockpit, retractable tricycle gear, turbocharged engine and much more. Est. cost: $20,000.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1974 (v.142#1) pg. 75

Homebuilt monoplane powered by Volkswagen engine can be built in single or dual seat version. Called the Sonerai I or Sonerai II, they cost $2,200 and $2,500 respectively. Plans cost $50 or $57.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1974 (v.142#2) pg. 108

Twin-tailed Mini-Coupe is powered by a Volkswagen engine, carries one person, and has an open cockpit. Est. cost (kit): $2,400.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1974 (v.142#3) pg. 78

PDQ-2, a pusher type airplane with a totally open pilot seat at the front of the plane, no fuselage, just wings and tail assembly. Powered with a 35-hp snowmobile engine. Est. cost: $600-$800. Plans cost $20.
POPULAR MECHANICS Oct 1974 (v.142#4) pg. 134

The Sorrell Hiberbipe, a biwing airplane with negative stagger (the lower wing is ahead of the upper wing). Ailerons run full length of wing. Features 180-hp, enclosed cockpit, and carries two people. Available as kit or assembled. Est. cost: $8,500.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1974 (v.142#5) pg. 85

Photos and addresses for 10 homebuilt aircraft designs.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1976 (v.145#2) pg. 72

A profile of the mini canard-winged homebuilt called the VariEze. A two-place, swept-winged, prop driven plane that can cruise at 150 mph. Est. cost: $2,700.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1976 (v.145#2) pg. 74

Popular Mechanic's pick of the 10 top sports planes you can build yourself.
POPULAR MECHANICS Feb 1979 (v.151#2) pg. 114

Seven exciting new sport planes you can build from purchased plans and/or from kits.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1980 (v.153#1) pg. 76

How the new homebuilt ultralights take shape. What is available in kits and plans. Information on how foam wings are fabricated.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1980 (v.154#1) pg. 80

21 exciting new sports planes you can build. Photos, descriptions, and estimated costs.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1981 (v.155#1) pg. 74

Build the PM Woodhopper ultralight airplane. 32-ft wingspan and 15 to 30 hp engine will carry a 200 pound pilot. Est. cost: $700 to $1500. Plans must be ordered.
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1981 (v.156#5) pg. 110

Twelve hot, new sport planes you can build. Photos and descriptions of aircraft which can be built from plans or kits.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1982 (v.157#1) pg. 79

14 new ultralights you can build from kits. Photos and descriptions.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1982 (v.157#5) pg. 94

A roundup of aircraft that can be built from plans. Includes chart of source names, addresses and craft specifications.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jun 1970 (v.196#6) pg. 98

The Flying Rail. A twin-engine, one-man, open-cockpit pusher airplane you can build from plans or a kit. Est. cost: $2,500.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1971 (v.199#4) pg. 55

Single-seat all metal BD-5 airplane features a pusher type propeller. Plane will cruise at 200 mph, get 38 mpg, fly 1,215 miles, is fully aerobatic, yet can fly almost like a sailplane. Powered by a snowmobile engine. Est. cost (kit): $2,965.
POPULAR SCIENCE Aug 1973 (v.203#2) pg. 80

A look at some of the top contenders for the $120,000 Kremer Prize for being the first to fly a man-powered plane.
POPULAR SCIENCE Feb 1974 (v.204#2) pg. 90

How to join a flying club or start your own.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jun 1975 (v.206#6) pg. 90

Tips on buying and building an ultralight from a kit.
POPULAR SCIENCE May 1984 (v.224#5) pg. 103

Two-seat tandem airplane, open cockpit, high wing, powered by a 65-hp engine. Called the "Woody Pusher", the plane will take 900 to 1,000 hours to build. Plans are included for a balsa scale model of the aircraft. Large scale plans available for $40. Est. cost: $1,200.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Jan 1969 (v.40#1) pg. 56

Build your own World War II fighter, the Der Jaeger, a single-seater biplane. Includes description and instructions on where to order plans. Est. cost: $2,200.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Jun 1970 (v.41#6) pg. 38

Profile of the Jim Bede BD-5 sport plane that is built from a kit. Est. cost: $1,950.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Oct 1971 (v.42#10) pg. 40

Profile of the homebuilt delta wing plane that can be towed behind your car. Est. cost: $3,000. Plans cost $125.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Oct 1972 (v.43#10) pg. 40

What is available in ultralight airplane kits. Photos, typical prices and tips.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS Sep-Oct 1982 pg. 88

An introduction to airplane kits. Advice on the selection of a kit airplane, taking delivery of the kit, checking and storing the kit parts, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1987 (v.36#3) pg. 33

Biplane assembly and rigging procedures.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1988 (v.37#2) pg. 27

Selecting a homebuilt design. Part 1. Matching the machine to the man.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1989 (v.38#1) pg. 37

Selecting a homebuilt design. Part 2. The building situation (space, tools, etc.)
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1989 (v.38#2) pg. 31

Selecting a homebuilt design. Part 3. The airplane.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1989 (v.38#3) pg. 32

AIRCRAFT ACCESSORIES entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT ACCESSORIES
xx   AIRCRAFT

Hand grip (handle) is welded onto the vertical stabilizer spar to facilitate moving of a biplane.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Apr-May 1989 pg. 6

Onboard computer. Tips on installing and using a Timex-Sinclair 1000 computer in the cockpit of an airplane to assist the pilot with navigation, calculations, etc. Includes a circuit for converting the 14-volt aircraft electrical system to power the computer.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1985 (v.12#3) pg. 56

Advice on selecting and using a supplemental oxygen system.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1987 (v.14#2) pg. 58

Put together a survival kit to carry in your airplane. Includes tools, shelter, food, life support, and first aid. Est. cost: $20.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1983 (v.32#3) pg. 36

Homebuilt smoke oil system for aerobatic aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1983 (v.32#6) pg. 60

A simple anti-collision device for aircraft without electrical systems.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1984 (v.33#11) pg. 22

Tip on making a towbar for a tailwheel aircraft from PVC pipe fittings and aluminum.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1995 (v.44#3) pg. 91

AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION
sa   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- FIBERGLASS & COMPOSITE
sa   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- METAL
sa   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- WOODEN
xx   AIRCRAFT

How to build a World War I Aeroplane. Suggestions on choosing a design, organizing the construction into logical steps, inspection and flying.
AMERICANA Jul-Aug 1980 (v.8#3) pg. 77

Building the Moni motorglider. Part 1.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1983 (v.10#2) pg. 30

Building the Moni motorglider. Part 2.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1983 (v.10#3) pg. 45

BD-5 aircraft. A discussion of some important design and construction modifications that could enhance flight safety.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1983 (v.10#4) pg. 31

Building the Moni motorglider. Part 3.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1983 (v.10#4) pg. 48

Building the Moni motorglider. Part 4.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1983 (v.10#5) pg. 54

Paper work. Under new FAA regulations the rules have changed for certifying your amateur-built aircraft. Here's how to wade through the red tape.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1984 (v.11#5) pg. 26

Construction series. Spencer's air car. Part 1. A sampling of the new building process, modified with simplified assemblies that reduce shop time for the 4-place Spencer Amphibian Air Car Model S-12.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1984 (v.11#8) pg. 64

Glasair construction. Part 1. Assembling the Glasair wing.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Sep 1984 (v.11#9) pg. 26

Construction series. Spencer's air car. Part 2. Hardware fabrication and assembly, retractable gear, control systems.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1984 (v.11#10) pg. 52

Glasair construction. Part 2. Fuselage.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Nov 1984 (v.11#11) pg. 26

Construction series. Spencer's air car. Part 3. Construction of the wing.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1984 (v.11#12) pg. 42

Glasair construction. Part 3. Cowling, canopy and mating the wing and fuselage.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1985 (v.12#1) pg. 48

Glasair construction. Part 4. Converting taildragger model to retractable gear model.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1985 (v.12#2) pg. 26

Building the Silhouette. Part 1. Assembling the fuselage.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1985 (v.12#5) pg. 28

Building the Silhouette. Part 2. Assembling the wings.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1985 (v.12#6) pg. 34

Building the Silhouette. Part 3. Tail feathers, canopy, turtleback, and landing gear.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jul 1985 (v.12#7) pg. 50

Building the Acro Sport II. Tips from the EAA on building their two-place, aerobatic, biwing, wood-tube-fabric airplane. Part 1. Introduction to the airplane and tips on gas welding.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1985 (v.12#8) pg. 40

Building the Acro Sport II. Part 2. Assembling the wings.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Sep 1985 (v.12#9) pg. 40

Building the Acro Sport II. Part 3. Covering and painting.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1985 (v.12#10) pg. 54

The paper work jungle. Timely pointers for dealing with FAA's paper work and regulatory process when building your own airplane.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1986 (v.13#1) pg. 14

Building to last. Tips on some of the things that cause long-term problems in homebuilt aircraft, and ways to prevent them.
KITPLANES Apr 1997 (v.14#4) pg. 84

Choosing your homebuilt project. A look at the five M's (mission, measurements, materials, money, and motivation) which affect your choice.
KITPLANES May 1999 (v.16#5) pg. 70

Aircraft joints. How effective load distribution at joints and fasteners can save wear and tear on a homebuilt. Part 1. Spar joints.
KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 76

Boosting performance. How aircraft design, construction, and pilot technique determines the result.
KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 83

Aircraft joints. How effective load distribution at joints and fasteners can save wear and tear on a homebuilt. Part 2. Joints that rely on adhesives or fusing.
KITPLANES Oct 1999 (v.16#10) pg. 92

Clamps and clamping ideas used to speed up aircraft construction. Includes tips on building or modifying clamps.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1983 (v.32#2) pg. 30

How to get your homebuilt certified without a hassle. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1983 (v.32#4) pg. 39

How to get your homebuilt certified without a hassle. Part 2.
SPORT AVIATION May 1983 (v.32#5) pg. 24

Jig for locating the positions of holes in the top cowling or cockpit decking through which cabane rolling wires must pass on a parasol monoplane or biplane.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1983 (v.32#8) pg. 43

Method for checking alignment with a water level made of plastic tubing.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1983 (v.32#11) pg. 26

A few good measuring tips for use when constructing aircraft, or any other project which requires accuracy.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1986 (v.35#7) pg. 27

Maintaining alignment during construction of aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1986 (v.35#9) pg. 29

What needs to be learned to build an airplane and where to find that knowledge and/or skill. Some advice.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1989 (v.38#9) pg. 38

Useful hints that can ease builder problems. Tips include the preparation of "gotta do" lists, spray painting small parts, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1989 (v.38#11) pg. 37

Tips for the airplane homebuilder. (1) Alignment of pulleys and their guides. (2) Quick, accurate transfer punch. (3) Avoid scratching aluminum when cutting, bending, ... (4) Smoothing aluminum edges. (5)Cleco blocks to raise work piece. (6) Hollow bucking rod for removing rivets. (7) Improving trammel points. (8) File handle for use on flat surfaces.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1990 (v.39#2) pg. 90

Keeping your homebuilt aircraft costs down. Some tips.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1991 (v.40#9) pg. 29

Logical sequence for building or assembling a homebuilt aircraft is discussed.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1993 (v.42#11) pg. 69

Life before there were kits. Plans built aircraft and the search for low cost building. Part 1. A realistic look at the costs of building an aircraft from plans versus from a kit.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1994 (v.43#9) pg. 29

Before it goes to the airport. A review of all items which should be completed and/or checked before hauling your homebuilt aircraft to the airport for final assembly and FAA certification inspection.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1994 (v.43#10) pg. 86

Life before there were kits. Plans built aircraft and the search for low cost building. Part 2. Deciding on what plane to build, construction methods, work space, tools, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1994 (v.43#10) pg. 98

Aircraft building. Rules and regulations of airplane building.
SPORT AVIATION May 1997 (v.46#5) pg. 90

Aircraft building. Advice on preparing for the undertaking and understanding what lies ahead.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1997 (v.46#6) pg. 86

Aircraft building. (1) Determining what type of airplane to build. (2) Basics of building a tube and fabric airplane. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1997 (v.46#7) pg. 94

Aircraft building. Basics of building a tube and fabric airplane. Part 2. Covering and finishing.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1997 (v.46#8) pg. 100

Homebuilding tips focus on the details.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1999 (v.48#2) pg. 117

Getting started in aircraft building. Part 1. Why build an airplane, what to build, and what is required to build an airplane.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1999 (v.48#10) pg. 109

Getting started in aircraft building. Part 2. What you should do before building an aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1999 (v.48#11) pg. 106

Getting started in aircraft building. Part 3. Selecting which aircraft to build.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1999 (v.48#12) pg. 108

AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- FIBERGLASS & COMPOSITE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- FIBERGLASS & COMPOSITE
xx   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION
xx   FIBERGLASS & COMPOSITE
xx   PLASTIC

Tip on positioning strips of cloth in hard to reach places.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jan-Mar 1990 pg. 6

Tip on using expanding foam as an adhesive to attach foam to foam, metal, glass, etc.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Aug 1990 pg. 11

Tip on applying the initial coats of feather fill.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Aug 1990 pg. 11

How to make lightweight structural tubes (0.5" to 6" diameter) by molding fiberglass and epoxy over plastic pipe.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Dec 1991-Feb 1992 pg. 8

Tip on identifying and saving samples of epoxy mixtures used in aircraft construction.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS May-Aug 1993 pg. 8

Repairing holes in composite (fiberglass) skins using Clark foam and 3 BID.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Spring 1994 pg. 10

Tips on mixing and using PTM&W epoxy in composite aircraft construction. Includes arm adjustment to convert Michael's Engineering Stick Stuff Dispenser (pump) to the correct proportions.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Mar 1995 pg. 10
Correction E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Spring 1995 pg. 5 (Pump arm dimension)

Composites 101. A brief overview of new materials, techniques and tips for the average aircraft builder to make the process easier.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Spring 1996 pg. 5

Tip on using an inflated balloon to hold fiberglass into curved shapes during curing.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Summer 1996 pg. 6

Tip on heating a composite canard in order to remove warpage.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Summer 1997 pg. 7

Composite basics. Part 1. An introduction to the various fibers (glass, carbon, and Kevlar) and the fiber/resin interface.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1983 (v.10#2) pg. 27

Composite basics. Part 2. Choosing between fibers. The weave and the cost.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1983 (v.10#3) pg. 34

Composite basics. Part 3. Choosing materials for the core of the structural sandwich.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1983 (v.10#4) pg. 42

Composite basics. Part 4. Carving and forming core materials.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1983 (v.10#5) pg. 39

Composite basics. Part 5. Understanding the resin matrix.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1983 (v.10#6) pg. 52

Composite basics. Part 6. Open layup vs. vacuum molding.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jul 1983 (v.10#7) pg. 60

Composite basics. Part 7. Tools for fiber and epoxy. A look at jigs, fixtures, patterns, templates, models, molds, vacuum molding, etc.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1983 (v.10#8) pg. 22

Composite basics. Part 8. Designing with sandwich structures in order to meet load and stress requirements.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Sep 1983 (v.10#9) pg. 52

Composite basics. Part 9. Stresses and loads. How composite sandwich structures carry loads. Special considerations for amateur aircraft designers.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1983 (v.10#10) pg. 60

Composite basics. Part 9 (continued). Stresses and loads (continued).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Nov 1983 (v.10#11) pg. 34

Paper planes. Description of a radical new sandwich structure technique combining paper, fiberglass cloth and polyester resin.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1983 (v.10#12) pg. 28

Composite basics. Part 10. The basic theory of adhesives, adherents and bonding for the union between structural materials.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1983 (v.10#12) pg. 56

Composite basics. Part 10. (Continued). More theory on adhesives, adherents and bonding techniques related to aircraft structures.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1984 (v.11#1) pg. 28

Which sandwich? A comparative analysis of the various types of composite structures and the costs of each.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1984 (v.11#2) pg. 22

Composite questions. Answers to some specific controversies concerning strength and load capabilities of fiber and epoxy structures.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1984 (v.11#2) pg. 50

Composite basics. Part 11. Load testing. Some critical guidelines for verifying stress and load capabilites.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1984 (v.11#3) pg. 42

Composite basics. Part 12. Composite connections. The fine points of designing and installing load-carrying fittings and attachment points to work with sandwich structures.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1984 (v.11#4) pg. 60

Words of warning and advice on building composite fuel tanks.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1984 (v.11#5) pg. 12

Composite basics. Part 12 (continued). Fittings and attachments.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1984 (v.11#5) pg. 24

Paper planes controversary. Can common wood-pulp products make a safe transition from drawing board to actual flight as core material for composite aircraft?
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1984 (v.11#6) pg. 18

Composite basics. Part 13. Where to turn for advanced education and information on designing and building with composite materials.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1984 (v.11#6) pg. 54

Composite basics. A look at the controversary surrounding style 7715 fabric produced by Hexcel Corp. and Burlington Industries Inc.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jul 1984 (v.11#7) pg. 42

Composite basics. Do it yourself quality testing. How to verify the strength of fabric and resin combinations with a simple at-home technique.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1984 (v.11#8) pg. 72
Correction HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1984 (v.11#10) pg. 42

Hot-wire act. Common sense and a few simple building materials are used to create a work-saving foam cutter.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1984 (v.11#10) pg. 22

Composite basics. Strength of the matter. Two methods for determining the strength values of fibers used in composite structure design calculations.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1984 (v.11#10) pg. 42

Composite basics. Honeycomb vs. foam.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Nov 1984 (v.11#11) pg. 54

Composite basics. Honeycomb vs. foam (continued).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1984 (v.11#12) pg. 56

Composite basics. How to evaluate the structural reliability of composite aircraft parts following a fire within an enclosed building.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1985 (v.12#1) pg. 52

Composites: Back to basics. How to choose the best core material with the best fibers for your advanced composite project.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1985 (v.12#2) pg. 46

Composites: Sandwich-structure materials, design considerations, finishing and general guidelines. Part 1. Graphite and fiberglass materials.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1985 (v.12#3) pg. 37

Composites: Sandwich-structure materials, design considerations, finishing and general guidelines. Part 2. Kevlar and epoxies.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1985 (v.12#4) pg. 42

Kevlar fabrication. Part 1. How to make a wet lay-up using the table-top vacuum-bag procedure.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1985 (v.12#5) pg. 42

Composite basics: Should you switch materials?
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1985 (v.12#5) pg. 50

Kevlar fabrication. Part 2. How to cut, drill and grind this "wonder material."
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1985 (v.12#6) pg. 38

Composites: Sandwich-structure materials, design considerations, finishing and general guidelines. Part 3. Yarns, fibers, etc.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1985 (v.12#6) pg. 58

Don't expose yourself. Safety procedures for working with composite materials.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1985 (v.12#12) pg. 26

Composite aircraft design (book review with excerpts).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1986 (v.13#3) pg. 48

The leading edge of composites. An easier way to form leading edges and tips for wood-and-fabric wings is by using composite materials.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1986 (v.13#5) pg. 45

Composite revolution. How new construction materials are revolutionizing the design and construction of homebuilt aircraft.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jul 1986 (v.13#7) pg. 18

Starting a Glasair. Description of the process involved in assembling the Stoddard-Hamilton starter kit to construct the Glasair rudder.
KITPLANES Jul 1993 (v.10#7) pg. 7

Tips on how composite aircraft materials can be designed to take pressure loads. Design research information is taken from pressurization tests for the Lancair IV.
KITPLANES Jan 1994 (v.11#1) pg. 66

Make your own fiberglass parts. A step-by-step guide to making molded fiberglass parts (cowl, instrument panel, heater box, etc.).
KITPLANES Jan 1997 (v.14#1) pg. 68

Shopsheet. Very basic composite constructions hints.
KITPLANES Mar 1997 (v.14#3) pg. 43

How to bond composite joints. What you need to know about gluing fiberglass parts together.
KITPLANES Jun 1997 (v.14#6) pg. 84

Getting it together. Advice on checking the design for mechanical joining (such as bolting or riveting) of composite components.
KITPLANES Sep 1997 (v.14#9) pg. 28

Resin transfer molding. How you can build autoclave-quality composite parts at home.
KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 48

Repair of non-structural polyester-based fiberglass parts on aircraft. Step-by-step instructions.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1989 (v.11#4) pg. 11

Roll your own tail cone. How to remove a damaged plastic rudder butt, make a plaster of Paris mold for a new butt, and then make a new one from fiberglass and resin.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jan 1996 (v.18#1) pg. 6
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1996 (v.18#6) pg. 4

Polyfix repair. Using thermal fusion for quick and easy repair of porous and nonporous aircraft plastics.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1998 (v.20#10) pg. 16
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jan 1999 (v.21#1) pg. 3

Hints on using a nickel-coated, carbon-fiber fabric from "Thermion" in composite aircraft construction to serve as an electrical ground for wet-wing fuel tanks.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1998 (v.20#11) pg. 5
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jan 1999 (v.21#1) pg. 4

How the new homebuilt ultralights take shape. What is available in kits and plans. Information on how foam wings are fabricated.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jul 1980 (v.154#1) pg. 80

Suspended hot wire "saw" for cutting foam cores when building composite aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1983 (v.32#9) pg. 63

Making molds for laminating/forming quality aircraft parts. Part 1. Template making and line generating techniques.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1984 (v.33#8) pg. 36

Making molds for laminating/forming quality aircraft parts. Part 2. Mold construction.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1984 (v.33#9) pg. 22

How to make a form to fabricate a fiberglass turtledeck.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1985 (v.34#9) pg. 67

Suggestions and guidelines for the selection and use of advanced composites.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1986 (v.35#4) pg. 63

One method for making fiberglass fairings for gear legs or wing roots.
SPORT AVIATION May 1986 (v.35#5) pg. 39

Constructing better leading edges and wingtips on conventional wood-and-fabric wings by using composite materials and techniques.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1986 (v.35#8) pg. 63

Vacuum bagging technique for achieving a 40% epoxy and 60% cloth ratio when making fiberglass components.
SPORT AVIATION May 1988 (v.37#5) pg. 42

Controversy over gluing together separate blocks of urethane foam to form a "solid" block for use as a wing core or spar web.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1989 (v.38#1) pg. 42
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Apr 1989 (v.38#4) pg. 4

Composite fuel tanks. Photos and description of the procedures for constructing composite (fiberglass) fuel tanks.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1989 (v.38#12) pg. 41

Using a router table to cut PVC foam ribs. A Masonite template is attached to the foam and a simple guide pin traces the outline as the foam is fed into the router bit.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1991 (v.40#3) pg. 67

Composite beam (wing spar) design using a computer spreadsheet program.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1991 (v.40#7) pg. 61
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Jan 1992 (v.41#1) pg. 95

Working with ready-made fiberglass parts. Part 1. Advice on cutting, fitting, modifying, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1991 (v.40#11) pg. 84
Correction SPORT AVIATION Jan 1992 (v.41#1) pg. 48

Working with ready-made fiberglass parts. Part 2. Cowling installation.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1991 (v.40#12) pg. 82

Structural testing of homebuilts. Why and how to perform load testing of composite aircraft wings and interpret the results.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1992 (v.41#3) pg. 33

Prevent oversize screw holes in removable fiberglass cowling and panels by installing tinnerman washers to reinforce around the hole.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1994 (v.43#3) pg. 93

Electrical schematic for building a hotwire tool for cutting foam cores for various aircraft components. Two different style wire-holders are pictured.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1994 (v.43#7) pg. 97

The carbon fiber scene. A brief introduction to the current status of carbon fiber in homebuilt aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1994 (v.43#8) pg. 76

Tip on fabricating fiberglass straps (clamps) to attach wire bundles to the inside of composite structures.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1995 (v.44#1) pg. 105

Tip on fabricating a rib (or former) to be placed inside a fin or rudder in such a manner as to ensure a good fit.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1995 (v.44#1) pg. 105

What you should know about fiberglass, resins, sanding, gel coat, ... etc. before you try your hand with fiberglass.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1996 (v.45#2) pg. 83

Tip on modifying a heavy-duty electrical soldering gun for use in shaping (or removing) Styrofoam.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1997 (v.46#6) pg. 104

Warning on the need for air vents in sealed composite structures.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1997 (v.46#6) pg. 111

Aircraft building. Basics of building a composite airplane. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1997 (v.46#10) pg. 92
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Dec 1997 (v.46#12) pg. 4

Aircraft building. Basics of building a composite airplane. Part 2.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1997 (v.46#11) pg. 96
Correction SPORT AVIATION Jan 1998 (v.47#1) pg. 95

Mold making. Using vinylester resin and fiberglass cloth to make the mold (or tooling) from a male or female plug.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1997 (v.46#11) pg. 116

Aircraft building. Basics of building a composite airplane. Part 3.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1997 (v.46#12) pg. 90

Tip on removing fiberglass resin from the eyes of a piano hinge.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1998 (v.47#6) pg. 113

Basics of composite construction. Part 1. Workshop space, tools, core materials, reinforcement materials, and resins.
SPORT AVIATION May 1999 (v.48#5) pg. 105

Basics of composite construction. Part 2. Fillers, safety issues, and basic layups.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1999 (v.48#6) pg. 102

Basics of composite construction. Part 3. Peel ply and bonding.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1999 (v.48#7) pg. 100

Basics of composite construction. Part 4. Preparation of composite parts, amine blush, hardpoints, and post curing.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1999 (v.48#8) pg. 91

Basics of composite construction. Part 5. Vacuum bagging, prepregs, and finishing.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1999 (v.48#9) pg. 97

AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- METAL entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- METAL
sa   AIRCRAFT WELDING
sa   RIVET
xx   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION
xx   METAL & METALWORKING

An adjustable wooden jig to facilitate cutting notches in aircraft tubing.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Sep 1989 pg. 4

Lathe technique for shaping the end of aircraft tubing so it butts tightly against another tube.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jan-Mar 1990 pg. 2

Metal dimpling table allows dimple countersinks to be made much further into a sheet of metal than a hand rivet squeezer would allow.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jan-Mar 1990 pg. 8

Controversy over using a slide-in, glued-in plug to reinforce aircraft tubing is viewed.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Sep-Nov 1990 pg. 3

Tip on using less expensive 1018 to 1025 steels (in place of 4130 steel) in the construction of homebuilt aircraft. Includes a chart of aircraft steels, their SAE numbers, shapes, general uses, etc.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Sep-Nov 1991 pg. 11, 12

Tips on cleaning, priming and top coating steel aircraft tubing.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Mar-Apr 1993 pg. 9

Drill press jig for cutting a fishmouth in the end of aircraft tubing using a hole saw.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS May-Aug 1993 pg. 6

How to drill very accurate round holes for critical applications of AN bolts.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Fall 1993 pg. 9

Metal bonding. Selection of epoxy and the three conditions needed for a good bond.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Winter 1994 pg. 9

Tip on working 4130 tubing using (1) a "Remgrit" carbide blade to cut to length, (2) a narrow-belt sander to shape within 1/32", and (3) final sizing with a file.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jan 1995 pg. 5

Metal bonding tips. Looks at preparation, cleanliness, clamping, etc.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Mar 1995 pg. 5

No more rivets. How to prepare aluminum surfaces for the process of chemical bonding.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1984 (v.11#1) pg. 20

Fusion welding. Part 1. Examining the options available for the welding of an aircraft.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1984 (v.11#8) pg. 24

Fusion welding. Part 2. The oxyacetylene gas welding process.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Sep 1984 (v.11#9) pg. 20

Fusion welding. Part 3. Gas tungsten arc welding.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Nov 1984 (v.11#11) pg. 18

The fundamentals of visual weld inspection as it pertains to homebuilt aircraft.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1984 (v.11#12) pg. 50

Brazing versus welding. When and where the brazing process should be used instead of conventional welding in aircraft construction.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1985 (v.12#1) pg. 18

Aluminum welding. Part 1. Workshop tips from a master on fusing lightweight aircraft metals with gas and hydrogen.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1985 (v.12#3) pg. 46

Aluminum welding. Part 2. Step-by-step introduction to gas welding of aluminum (continued) plus basic tips on repair.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1985 (v.12#4) pg. 22

Welding primer for aircraft homebuilders (book review with excerpts).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1986 (v.13#8) pg. 50

Shrinking tools and techniques for use in aircraft sheet metal work.
KITPLANES Nov 1992 (v.9#11) pg. 9

Forming sheet metal. Secrets learned from a sheet metal craftsman. Looks at basic forming, working with aluminum alloys, bending, stretching, shrinking, finishing, annealing, and salvaging mistakes.
KITPLANES Jun 1993 (v.10#6) pg. 46

Understanding the basics for working with aluminum tubing in aircraft applications.
KITPLANES Jul 1994 (v.11#7) pg. 60

Shopsheet. Bend radius. Chart gives the normal and minimum bending radius for both 2024 T-3 and 6061 T-6 sheet metal varying in thickness from .016" to .125".
KITPLANES Sep 1996 (v.13#9) pg. 71

Tips on "restoring" (cleaning and polishing) aluminum aircraft "skin" after paint is removed.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1989 (v.11#6) pg. 20

Basic riveting. A skill that every aircraft owner should know. Includes tips on making sheet metal repairs.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1994 (v.16#4) pg. 14

Troubleshooting the effects of animal urine on aluminum.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1994 (v.16#11) pg. 24

Taking a hard line. Tips for metal tubing fabrication that will be right the first time and every time. Part 1. Tube and flare standards and the required tools.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Mar 1999 (v.21#3) pg. 18

Taking a hard line. Part 2. Tube bending.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1999 (v.21#4) pg. 7
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1999 (v.21#6) pg. 3, 4
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1999 (v.21#9) pg. 3

Advice on the use of 3M Scotch-Brite abrasive pads on aluminum.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1999 (v.21#9) pg. 22

How to bend hollow steel, copper, or aluminum tubing successfully. Several jigs and bending forms are illustrated.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1983 (v.32#8) pg. 48

Design for a sheet metal brake capable of bending .062 chrome moly with a 1/8" radius.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1983 (v.32#12) pg. 27

Bending sheet metal. Includes a "setback chart", radii charts, and tips on bends in metal fittings.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1984 (v.33#3) pg. 18

Bending metal by "computer". Computer program, written in BASIC, makes use of the generally accepted formulas for setback and bend allowance, and is written to allow you to calculate up to 20 bends on one fitting.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1984 (v.33#4) pg. 42

Metalworking tips. (1) Strap duplicator is used to transfer hole alignment when lap-joining sheet metal. (2) How to flatten tubing ends.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1984 (v.33#10) pg. 76

Homemade hydraulic press (die) to form corrugated aluminum skins for an aircraft. Constructed mostly of wood.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1986 (v.35#2) pg. 66

Bending leading edge aluminum. Several techniques are viewed, including a simple vacuum system consisting of plastic garbage bags and an ordinary vacuum cleaner.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1986 (v.35#4) pg. 61

Flush riveting. Tips on holes, burrs, dimpling, countersinking, riveting, and reverse riveting.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1987 (v.36#4) pg. 34

More aircraft riveting and skinning tips.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1987 (v.36#7) pg. 39

Forming aluminum landing gear for sport aircraft. How to build a die assembly for bending .375" 2024 aluminum plate with a simple hydraulic press.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1988 (v.37#10) pg. 37

Tip: Prevent internal corrosion in steel tube aircraft framework by replacing the air with nitrogen under pressure.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1988 (v.37#12) pg. 60
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Mar 1989 (v.38#3) pg. 65

Tips for the metal aircraft builder. (1) Making and using a dimpling block (bar). (2) Homemade fluting tool. (3) Cutting circular lightening holes with a fly-cutter. (4) Edge finder tool. (5) Assembly jigs. (6) Riveting tips. Includes photos showing assembly of an "RV" aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1989 (v.38#6) pg. 30

Technique for bending and holding the metal leading edge skins of an aircraft wing during installation.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1989 (v.38#6) pg. 60

Tip: Use a veterinary vaccination syringe and needle to inject tube seal into airframes through very small holes. The holes are easily welded shut after treatment.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1989 (v.38#8) pg. 93

Selecting and using a welder on 4130N steel tubing (used in aircraft construction).
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1989 (v.38#10) pg. 64

Simple wooden die to form rudder cable exit fairings from soft aluminum.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1989 (v.38#11) pg. 39

Tip on cutting odd-shape brackets from 4130 steel plate using a scroll saw equipped with a variable speed drive.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1990 (v.39#2) pg. 93

Useful hints when building the RV-6 aircraft. (1) Add a firewall mounted brake reservoir. (2) Drilling the heat treated steel landing gear legs. (3) Cutting and drilling holes in a stainless steel firewall. (4) Assembly tips.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1990 (v.39#3) pg. 29

(1) Correct technique for welding steel fittings that will be under tension of a flying wire. (2) Improved tail spar bushing.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1990 (v.39#8) pg. 59

Shop made "punch and die" to form the raised flanges around lightening holes in aluminum.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1990 (v.39#10) pg. 69

Tip on drawing a full-size pattern for tube bending by using a piece of flexible plastic tubing as a large French curve.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1991 (v.40#1) pg. 76

Sheet metal contouring the easy way. Part 1. An inexpensive, manual technique for imparting a curve to large or small sheets of metal. Requires only a simple jig and a ball-shaped roller. Furniture casters or billiard balls can be adapted for the job.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1991 (v.40#3) pg. 28

Sheet metal contouring the easy way. Part 2. Round linear curve bending. Jig and tool for putting a 190-degree uniformly radiused bend in sheet aluminum for use as the leading edge of an aileron.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1991 (v.40#4) pg. 28

Metal aircraft construction tips and procedures. (1) Hole drilling. (2) Simplified inspection access plates requiring only 2 screws instead of 8. (3) Simplified anchor nut installation for 8-32 screws. (4) Rivet squeezer modification. (5) Reshaping the distorted leading edges of purchased metal ribs.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1991 (v.40#6) pg. 36

Tool uses two ball bearings to put a crease along the edge of a sheet metal component. The crease is used to stiffen the metal and/or for making a very tight-fitting edge such as found on metal fairings.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1991 (v.40#7) pg. 66

Sheet metal contouring the easy way. Part 3. How to make deep non-linear curves in sheet aluminum. These curves are found mostly in "D" tube leading edge sections of airfoils with laminar flow.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1991 (v.40#9) pg. 66

Metal wing jigging and riveting. Some tips.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1992 (v.41#1) pg. 94

Shop-built tool is designed to cold bend the 1/4" 2024T-3 aluminum used to make the aileron horns on biplanes, including the Pitts Special and Acro Sport.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1992 (v.41#9) pg. 90

Metal working tips for the first time builder. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1993 (v.42#1) pg. 66

Plywood jigs for cutting lightening holes in stamped aluminum ribs using a router fitted with a carbide bit.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1993 (v.42#2) pg. 60

Metal working tips for the first time builder. Part 2. Hole drilling.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1993 (v.42#2) pg. 65

Jig for precisely locating and drilling the rivet holes used to secure rod ends to control tubes.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1994 (v.43#2) pg. 92

Drills and drilling. Advice on equipment, jigs, technique, drilling speeds, ... when drilling holes in aircraft tubing, sheet metal, firewalls, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1994 (v.43#4) pg. 94

Tips for steel tube construction. (1) Fixture for welding aileron and flap fittings for controls having round steel spars. (2) Fixture for accurately drilling round steel tubing. (3) Jig fixture for making elevator hinge fittings.
SPORT AVIATION May 1994 (v.43#5) pg. 101

Tip on using flexible magnetic tape and iron filings to visually verify the location of ribs and spars underneath aluminum skin prior to drilling rivet holes.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1994 (v.43#11) pg. 107

Protecting steel aircraft parts from rust.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1995 (v.44#10) pg. 86

Forming aluminum into compound curves, a skill required when making strut fairings.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1995 (v.44#11) pg. 88

Working in aluminum. Making a wing root fairing from 3003 H-14 (the same stuff your heating contractor uses).
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1996 (v.45#1) pg. 63

Wooden cage is used to store a roll of aircraft aluminum in either a vertical or horizontal position. Rollers (casters) facilitate pulling out any length required.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1996 (v.45#1) pg. 100

Tips on priming and finishing steel tube aircraft frames to prevent corrosion.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1996 (v.45#1) pg. 107
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Mar 1996 (v.45#3) pg. 105

Aluminum forming. An introduction to the use of the English Wheel.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1996 (v.45#2) pg. 105

Making a radial engine cowling from scratch involves templates, forms and metalworking. Some tips.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1996 (v.45#3) pg. 89

Machine turning (or burnishing) of aluminum for embellishment or decoration. The resulting effect is best associated with the "Spirit of St.Louis" aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1996 (v.45#3) pg. 99

Aircraft building. Basics of building a sheet metal airplane.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1997 (v.46#9) pg. 106

Sheet metalworking tool. Modifying a pair of visegrips to form a flange on a circle-top bulkhead.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1998 (v.47#12) pg. 118

Working with sheet metal. Part 3. Making a replacement nose bowl on a wooden buck (form) that is fabricated by using the original bowl as a pattern.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1999 (v.48#8) pg. 46

An introduction to the family of aircraft aluminum alloys. Part 1. A look at both non-heat treatable alloys and heat treatable alloys.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1999 (v.48#9) pg. 78

Working with sheet metal. Part 4. Making a replacement nose bowl (continued).
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1999 (v.48#10) pg. 94

An introduction to the family of aircraft aluminum alloys. Part 2. Annealing.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1999 (v.48#11) pg. 100
Correction SPORT AVIATION Dec 1999 (v.48#12) pg. 8

Working with sheet metal. Part 5. Making a replacement nose bowl (continued).
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1999 (v.48#12) pg. 103

Technique for bending 1" diameter steel tubing using a simple wooden jig.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Apr 1992 (v.20#4) pg. 25
Added Info VINTAGE AIRPLANE Jul 1992 (v.20#7) pg. 23

Band-clamp-style tool for installing aluminum leading edge skins.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Sep 1993 (v.21#9) pg. 23

Tip on using small magnets and a needle-on-a-string to determine the exact center before doing blind-drilling through aluminum skins into rib flanges.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Oct 1993 (v.21#10) pg. 7

AIRCRAFT INSURANCE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT INSURANCE
xx   AIRCRAFT
xx   INSURANCE

Risky business. Special considerations you need to be aware of when purchasing insurance for homebuilt aircraft.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1984 (v.11#6) pg. 42

Insuring your homebuilt aircraft. An overview of what's available.
KITPLANES Feb 1995 (v.12#2) pg. 51
Added Info KITPLANES May 1995 (v.12#5) pg. 2

Choosing insurance for homebuilt aircraft and the impact of aircraft modifications on insurance coverage.
KITPLANES Apr 1999 (v.16#4) pg. 18, 20
Added Info KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 5

Insurance claims. An overview of how aircraft insurance policies are written, how they are interpreted by adjusters, and what your responsibility as an aircraft owner will involve in the event of an accident.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Mar 1997 (v.19#3) pg. 4

AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- WOODEN entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION -- WOODEN
xx   AIRCRAFT CONSTRUCTION
xx   WOODWORKING

Correct design of a plywood reinforcing plate illustrated.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Apr-May 1989 pg. 7

Tip on selecting an approved glue for use on wooden aircraft.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Aug 1990 pg. 3

Tip on measuring wood density and placing wood of differing density when building wooden wing spars.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Dec 1992-Feb 1993 pg. 4

Tips on selecting wood from a marine lumber yard or other non-aviation source.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS May-Aug 1993 pg. 11

Brief explanation of when and why "vertical grain" wood is used.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Summer 1996 pg. 7

Tips on preventing warping of unassembled wooden spars and ribs.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Winter 1997 pg. 8

Wood rib construction. A step-by-step, detail workshop for wing ribs from the EAA professionals.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1984 (v.11#12) pg. 45

Working with wood. Careful planning, preparation, and precision contribute to a successful aircraft project.
KITPLANES Nov 1992 (v.9#11) pg. 52

D-tube wing construction technique is described and illustrated.
KITPLANES Nov 1994 (v.11#11) pg. 70

Shopsheet. Simple woodworking tips on drilling, bending, scarf joints, attaching metal parts, and gluing.
KITPLANES Jun 1997 (v.14#6) pg. 33

Selection and evaluation of wood for aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1984 (v.33#2) pg. 24

A closer look at some alternatives to Sitka spruce in aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1984 (v.33#9) pg. 57

How to construct a scarf joint repair to a wood wing spar.
SPORT AVIATION May 1985 (v.34#5) pg. 60

Tips on selecting and testing wood glues for use in critical projects, such as aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1985 (v.34#10) pg. 21

Plywood in aircraft. What is available and tips on its use.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1986 (v.35#3) pg. 33

Laminating and bending wood. Looks at glues, jigs, clamps, alternatives, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1986 (v.35#6) pg. 28

Constructing better leading edges and wingtips on conventional wood-and-fabric wings by using composite materials and techniques.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1986 (v.35#8) pg. 63

Plywood skinning. How to apply a thin plywood skin to a wing or some other part of an aircraft structure. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION May 1987 (v.36#5) pg. 28

Plywood skinning. Part 2.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1987 (v.36#6) pg. 29

Plywood steamer. Homebuilt steamer is used for bending 3/32" aircraft plywood skins for the leading edge of a wing.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1988 (v.37#8) pg. 42

Using aircraft quality adhesives. Part 1. Plastic resin glues (Resorcinol and Aerolite 306). Also illustrates clamping details.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1988 (v.37#10) pg. 33

Using aircraft quality adhesives. Part 2. Epoxies. Working with adhesives. Health hazards. Shear joint testing. Laminating.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1988 (v.37#11) pg. 29

Wood ... a forgotten medium? A look at the use of wood in aircraft construction. Part 1. Introduction to wood's characteristics and adhesives.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1989 (v.38#4) pg. 34

Wood ... a forgotten medium? Part 2. Cutting, fitting, storing, etc.
SPORT AVIATION May 1989 (v.38#5) pg. 42

Aerolite. An in-depth look at the urea-formaldehyde chemical reactions behind the primary wood glue used in aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1989 (v.38#6) pg. 27

Why not build a wood aircraft. A look at the benefits of using wood to build low-cost airplanes with a minimum of special tools.
SPORT AVIATION May 1991 (v.40#5) pg. 71

Building the Horizon. Step-by-step guide to construction of this plans-built all-wood tandem aircraft from Aero Visions International. Features folding wings and a choice of engines.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1991 (v.40#6) pg. 47

Clamping system for wooden ribs being fabricated in a jig.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1991 (v.40#9) pg. 64

Joints in aircraft woodworking. Looks at joint preparation, types of joints, use of gussets, gluing, clamping, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1991 (v.40#10) pg. 78

Tip on proper coating of wood components which will be in contact with steel or aluminum.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1993 (v.42#1) pg. 90

Making wood wing ribs. Includes information on a simple cap strip bending block, cap strip soaker, building a rib jig, rib joint options, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1994 (v.43#2) pg. 79

Correct technique for reinforcing joints in plywood skins.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1995 (v.44#12) pg. 78

Wood wings. An introduction to the use of wood construction for aircraft wings.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1996 (v.45#1) pg. 75

Aircraft wood grain slope. How to check the grain direction on the narrow face of a spar.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1996 (v.45#2) pg. 122

About building wood fuselages. Looks at types of fuselages, wood selection, tools, etc.
SPORT AVIATION May 1996 (v.45#5) pg. 73

Aircraft woodwork basics. Looks at glue, grain orientation, line sanding and profiling.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1996 (v.45#9) pg. 75

Faster, accurate rib nailing uses 4" tweezers that have been modified for the job of gripping the tiny nails.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1996 (v.45#9) pg. 104

Information on the choice of wood glue for aircraft use.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1996 (v.45#9) pg. 110
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Dec 1996 (v.45#12) pg. 4

Drilling the holes for drag and anti-drag wires in the spars and anchor blocks of a wooden wing is facilitated with an aircraft length drill and an aluminum guide block.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1997 (v.46#11) pg. 114

Technique for removing a glued wing rib from the fixture without risk of damage to the rib or the fixture.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1997 (v.46#12) pg. 114

Jig for accurately drilling the holes for drag and anti-drag wires in the wood wing of an Acro Sport II.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1998 (v.47#3) pg. 96

How to avoid wrinkling in a plywood covering attached to a wooden wing.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1998 (v.47#3) pg. 114

Tips on applying plywood leading edges to wooden wings.
SPORT AVIATION May 1998 (v.47#5) pg. 108

Wooden rib construction practices include a lightweight clamping jig that applies pressure to all of the glued gusset locations during the drying process.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1998 (v.47#8) pg. 116

Scratch building in wood. Tips on locating and machining vertical grain spruce.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1998 (v.47#9) pg. 112

Building with wood. Part 1. Selecting wood suitable for aircraft use.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1998 (v.47#12) pg. 106

Building with wood. Part 2. Inspecting aircraft wood to identify type and any defects.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1999 (v.48#1) pg. 107

Advice on selecting and testing various glues for use in wooden aircraft construction.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1999 (v.48#1) pg. 119

Building with wood. Part 3. Inspecting aircraft wood to identify type and any defects (continued).
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1999 (v.48#2) pg. 103

Building with wood. Part 4. (1) Testing wood with a shop-built wood strength tester. (2) Inspecting and repairing older wood.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1999 (v.48#3) pg. 113

Building with wood. Part 5. (1) Aircraft plywood. (2) Adhesives. (3) Finishing.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1999 (v.48#4) pg. 88

Hi-tech jig for assembling wooden ribs is made from acrylic plastic to which the adhesives will not bond.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1999 (v.48#6) pg. 113

AIRCRAFT DESIGN entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT DESIGN
sa   WIND TUNNEL
xx   AIRCRAFT

Calculations for homebuilders. How to determine maximum efficiency performance figures for today's advanced technology homebuilts. An introduction. CORR: 40901984.20 p12
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1983 (v.10#12) pg. 34
Correction HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1984 (v.11#2) pg. 12

Water logic. A respected designer discusses the special considerations for conceiving and building amphibious aircraft.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1984 (v.11#2) pg. 44

Mini planes and micro computers. Includes two sample programs written in BASIC to assist in aircraft design.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1984 (v.11#3) pg. 28

Modern aircraft design (book review with excerpts).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1986 (v.13#2) pg. 14

Aerodynamicist offers his views on how to approach the problem of developing an original aircraft design. Article covers three general designs: tri-wing, conventional and canard configurations.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1986 (v.13#3) pg. 22

Firewall designs for homebuilt aircraft. Part 1. The FAA burn test, a worst-case scenario.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1986 (v.13#3) pg. 36

Composite aircraft design (book review with excerpts).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1986 (v.13#3) pg. 48

Firewall designs for homebuilt aircraft. Part 2. Burn tests of the most commonly used firewall configurations.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1986 (v.13#4) pg. 44

Firewall designs for homebuilt aircraft. Part 3. The best performing firewalls.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1986 (v.13#5) pg. 36

Coupled lateral/directional maneuvers. Aircraft design to overcome adverse yaw, spirals and Dutch rolls.
KITPLANES Aug 1992 (v.9#8) pg. 7

Four performance charts (based on seven general aviation single-engine aircraft) give you a way of quickly estimating the performance of a unique design or to cross-check a manufacturers performance claims.
KITPLANES Oct 1992 (v.9#10) pg. 76

Aircraft frontal area and its effect on drag.
KITPLANES Nov 1992 (v.9#11) pg. 60

Good engineering practices in homebuilt aircraft. A look at fastener-related problem areas.
KITPLANES Jan 1993 (v.10#1) pg. 14

Advice on the dangers in making unnecessary structural modifications to a homebuilt aircraft.
KITPLANES Feb 1993 (v.10#2) pg. 36
Correction KITPLANES May 1993 (v.10#5) pg. 2

Backside of the power curve phenomenon is explained.
KITPLANES Mar 1993 (v.10#3) pg. 7

Biplanes. A look at the strengths and weaknesses of this design. Part 1.
KITPLANES Apr 1993 (v.10#4) pg. 10

Biplanes. A look at the strengths and weaknesses of this design. Part 2.
KITPLANES May 1993 (v.10#5) pg. 48

Drawing conclusions. An introduction to aircraft drawing and drafting practices.
KITPLANES Jul 1993 (v.10#7) pg. 16

Biplanes. A look at the strengths and weaknesses of this design. Part 3. What you need to know when designing a biplane.
KITPLANES Jul 1993 (v.10#7) pg. 50

Tandem-wing aircraft. A look at the strengths and weaknesses of this design. Part 1. Design tradeoffs.
KITPLANES Aug 1993 (v.10#8) pg. 54

Doing low-cost load testing of aircraft structures using scale models.
KITPLANES Aug 1993 (v.10#8) pg. 78

Designing for flight. How to determine the appropriate amount of stability for a particular aircraft design.
KITPLANES Aug 1993 (v.10#8) pg. 86

Tandem-wing aircraft. A look at the strengths and weaknesses of this design. Part 2. Aerodynamics.
KITPLANES Sep 1993 (v.10#9) pg. 84

Tandem-wing aircraft. A look at the strengths and weaknesses of this design. Part 3. Case study of the famous Mignet Flying Flea design (circa 1933).
KITPLANES Oct 1993 (v.10#10) pg. 7

Glossary of terminology used in aircraft design.
KITPLANES Nov 1993 (v.10#11) pg. 83

Pitch sensitivity in homebuilt aircraft and very small airplanes.
KITPLANES Jan 1994 (v.11#1) pg. 52
Correction KITPLANES Apr 1994 (v.11#4) pg. 4

Making it behave. Designing for proper stall characteristics.
KITPLANES Jan 1994 (v.11#1) pg. 76

Determining the source of longitudinal (pitch) stability problems. Part 1.
KITPLANES Feb 1994 (v.11#2) pg. 58

Determining the source of longitudinal (pitch) stability problems. Part 2.
KITPLANES Mar 1994 (v.11#3) pg. 56

A review of data compiled by NACA (circa 1939-1945) on the nature of drag that can help the light plane designer.
KITPLANES Apr 1994 (v.11#4) pg. 48

Determining the source of longitudinal (pitch) stability problems. Part 3.
KITPLANES Apr 1994 (v.11#4) pg. 56

Determining the source of longitudinal (pitch) stability problems. Part 4. Correcting the problems.
KITPLANES May 1994 (v.11#5) pg. 82

Determining the source of longitudinal (pitch) stability problems. Part 5. Mechanical solutions to stick-force pitch sensitivity problems.
KITPLANES Jun 1994 (v.11#6) pg. 70

Tufting. Visualize the changing airflow patterns around an airplane by taping "tufts" of yarn or string on various outer surfaces and observing (or photographing) their positions.
KITPLANES Sep 1994 (v.11#9) pg. 46

The importance of determining standardized, nondimensionalized test data when conducting an aerodynamic test or analysis.
KITPLANES Nov 1994 (v.11#11) pg. 57

Anatomy of a turn (one of the basic flight maneuvers). Part 1. The forces and phenomena associated with turns.
KITPLANES Dec 1994 (v.11#12) pg. 102

An organized approach to the airplane design process. Part 1. Determining the requirements, mission, goals, constraints, and configuration.
KITPLANES Jan 1995 (v.12#1) pg. 50

An organized approach to the airplane design process. Part 2. Initial design considerations. Selecting the major volumes, preliminary weights, engine/propeller and flying surfaces.
KITPLANES Feb 1995 (v.12#2) pg. 56

An organized approach to the airplane design process. Part 3. Starting the layout process. Initial sketches, spar placement, weight and balance, wing size, etc.
KITPLANES Mar 1995 (v.12#3) pg. 55

An organized approach to the airplane design process. Part 4. Balance and center-of-gravity calculations.
KITPLANES Apr 1995 (v.12#4) pg. 60

An organized approach to the airplane design process. Part 5. Controlling the weight of an aircraft. An examination of useful load, flight envelope, aspect ratio, skin thickness, wetted area, materials, etc.
KITPLANES May 1995 (v.12#5) pg. 54

Designing the aircraft fuselage. Looks at force, shear, bending moments, drag, etc.
KITPLANES Jul 1995 (v.12#7) pg. 58

A look at wing position from the designer's point of view. The debate on high-wing vs. low-wing.
KITPLANES Jul 1995 (v.12#7) pg. 74

A look at wing position from the designer's point of view. Wing placement is a key element in aircraft configuration. Looks at the impact on wing bracing, struts, fuel systems, landing gear, etc.
KITPLANES Aug 1995 (v.12#8) pg. 96

A look at wing position from the designer's point of view. Aerodynamics of high-wing vs. low-wing. Looks at drag, wing/fuselage junctions, stall, and lateral stability.
KITPLANES Sep 1995 (v.12#9) pg. 50

Designing sport airplanes. Part 1. Criteria for recreational airplanes.
KITPLANES Feb 1996 (v.13#2) pg. 6

Designing sport airplanes. Part 2. Safety in the design of sport aircraft. Landing considerations.
KITPLANES Mar 1996 (v.13#3) pg. 6

Designing sport airplanes. Part 3. Crash alleviation and crash survivability.
KITPLANES Apr 1996 (v.13#4) pg. 6
Added Info KITPLANES Jun 1996 (v.13#6) pg. 2

Designing sport airplanes. Part 4. Common problems to guard against.
KITPLANES May 1996 (v.13#5) pg. 6

Designing sport airplanes. Part 5. Design and functioning of the cockpit flight controls.
KITPLANES Jun 1996 (v.13#6) pg. 6

Designing sport airplanes. Part 6. Crash survivability (continued).
KITPLANES Aug 1996 (v.13#8) pg. 6

Getting sharp. Sharp edges on aircraft have various effects (mostly bad, but some good). A realistic look at the use of sharp edges in aircraft design.
KITPLANES Aug 1996 (v.13#8) pg. 30

Designing sport airplanes. Part 7. Avoiding aircraft fires.
KITPLANES Sep 1996 (v.13#9) pg. 6

Drag reduction. Reducing external airflow drag rather than adding power.
KITPLANES Jun 1997 (v.14#6) pg. 29

Maneuvering speed. An explanation of a critical airspeed that both designers and pilots need to understand.
KITPLANES Jul 1997 (v.14#7) pg. 66
Correction KITPLANES Sep 1997 (v.14#9) pg. 4

Getting it together. Advice on checking the design for mechanical joining (such as bolting or riveting) of composite components.
KITPLANES Sep 1997 (v.14#9) pg. 28

A tale of tails. There is more to aircraft tail design that might be apparent. A look at stability, location, control, airfoils, mechanical design, trim, and flutter.
KITPLANES Sep 1997 (v.14#9) pg. 98

Aerodynamic effects of open cockpit aircraft are examined.
KITPLANES Nov 1997 (v.14#11) pg. 6

Spins. Part 1. History, accidents, spin training, and the three phases of the spin flight condition.
KITPLANES Mar 1998 (v.15#3) pg. 6

Spins. Part 2. How the design of an aircraft affects spin recovery.
KITPLANES Apr 1998 (v.15#4) pg. 6

Spins. Part 3. Design of tail surfaces for spin recovery.
KITPLANES May 1998 (v.15#5) pg. 6

Spins. Part 4. Preventive design measures.
KITPLANES Jun 1998 (v.15#6) pg. 71

Spins. Part 5. Foiling stalls. The aerodynamics of rotation and stalls.
KITPLANES Jul 1998 (v.15#7) pg. 22

Beyond maneuvering speed. A look at the flight envelope for more information on load limits of aircraft design.
KITPLANES Jul 1998 (v.15#7) pg. 78

Airborne vortices pose interesting problems (and solutions) for aircraft designers. A look at wingtip vortices, vortex generators, etc.
KITPLANES Nov 1998 (v.15#11) pg. 68

The dynamics of turning an aircraft and the options available to an aircraft designer for minimizing the problems caused by adverse yaw.
KITPLANES Jan 1999 (v.16#1) pg. 86

Balancing act. An explanation of the difference between static and dynamic balance in aircraft control surface design.
KITPLANES Mar 1999 (v.16#3) pg. 76

Aerodynamic design considerations for short takeoff and landing (STOL) aircraft.
KITPLANES Mar 1999 (v.16#3) pg. 78

The aerodynamics of an airfoil stall.
KITPLANES Apr 1999 (v.16#4) pg. 82

Determining wing size when designing aircraft.
KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 66

Aircraft joints. How effective load distribution at joints and fasteners can save wear and tear on a homebuilt. Part 1. Spar joints.
KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 76

Boosting performance. How aircraft design, construction, and pilot technique determines the result.
KITPLANES Aug 1999 (v.16#8) pg. 83

Pitch trim and how it affects the forward c.g. limit.
KITPLANES Sep 1999 (v.16#9) pg. 68

Aircraft joints. How effective load distribution at joints and fasteners can save wear and tear on a homebuilt. Part 2. Joints that rely on adhesives or fusing.
KITPLANES Oct 1999 (v.16#10) pg. 92

Designing an airplane for safety in the event of an accident.
KITPLANES Nov 1999 (v.16#11) pg. 74

The amateur scientist. A field formula for calculating the speed and flight efficiency of a soaring bird. Based on the work of Paul MacCready, experimenter with human-powered aircraft.
SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN Mar 1985 (v.252#3) pg. 122

Design ideas for a "laminar ultralight" based on the construction of the S-2 powered glider.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1983 (v.32#3) pg. 50

Effects of rain or surface contamination on pitch stability and control of the Rutan Aircraft designs.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1983 (v.32#3) pg. 57

Effects of rain and bugs on flight behavior of tail-first (canard and tandem-wing) airplanes. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION May 1983 (v.32#5) pg. 36

Effects of rain and bugs on flight behavior of tail-first airplanes. Part 2.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1983 (v.32#6) pg. 48

Effects of rain and bugs on flight behavior of tail-first airplanes. Part 3.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1983 (v.32#7) pg. 61

A look at stall warning devices, both stall strips and stall warning horns.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1983 (v.32#9) pg. 20

Over weight. An analysis of the connection between aircraft weight and load testing of aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1984 (v.33#2) pg. 38

The concentration and distribution of loads in aircraft design.
SPORT AVIATION May 1984 (v.33#5) pg. 34

Structural testing of the Lancair 200. Testing procedures and computer programs are described.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1986 (v.35#1) pg. 20

Dynamic pressure and your airplane.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1986 (v.35#6) pg. 34

Models for test and designing homebuilt aircraft. Tips on building and using radio controlled models as a poor man's "wind tunnel".
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1987 (v.36#1) pg. 58
Correction SPORT AVIATION Mar 1987 (v.36#3) pg. 8

Dynamic modeling. Part 1. Use of free-flight, dynamically-similar models in estimating full scale aircraft behavior.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1987 (v.36#7) pg. 30
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Nov 1987 (v.36#11) pg. 4

Dynamic modeling. Part 2. Testing of structurally-scaled, sacrificial models as an aid to full scale design.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1987 (v.36#8) pg. 59

Design analysis. A critical analysis of Ken Rand's KR-2 homebuilt sportplane.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1988 (v.37#1) pg. 38

Understanding the "flight envelope" of an aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1988 (v.37#3) pg. 42

Designing your homebuilt. John Roncz explains how to use simple spreadsheet computer programs to help design an airplane. Part 1. Wing design.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1990 (v.39#2) pg. 37

Designing your homebuilt. Part 2. Sizing your wings.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1990 (v.39#3) pg. 34

Designing your homebuilt. Part 3. Wing incidence and tail size.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1990 (v.39#4) pg. 23

Designing your homebuilt. Part 4. Forward sweep and the great tire crisis.
SPORT AVIATION May 1990 (v.39#5) pg. 43
Correction SPORT AVIATION Jun 1990 (v.39#6) pg. 41

Designing your homebuilt. Part 5. Questions and answers covering the first 4 articles.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1990 (v.39#6) pg. 41
Correction SPORT AVIATION Aug 1990 (v.39#8) pg. 36

Designing your homebuilt. Part 6. Tail incidence.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1990 (v.39#8) pg. 36
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Sep 1990 (v.39#9) pg. 93

Designing your homebuilt. Part 7. Tail incidence (continued).
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1990 (v.39#9) pg. 35

Designing your homebuilt. Part 8. Tail incidence (continued).
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1990 (v.39#10) pg. 45

Designing your homebuilt. Part 9. Tail incidence (continued).
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1990 (v.39#11) pg. 41

Designing your homebuilt. Part 10. Ground effect.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1990 (v.39#12) pg. 37

Designing your homebuilt. Part 11. Canards or three surface airplanes. How they work and what you need to know in order to design an unconventional airplane.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1991 (v.40#1) pg. 57

Designing your homebuilt. Part 12. Evolution of a homebuilt design. Changes since the May 1990 "final" design and the reasons for them.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1991 (v.40#2) pg. 29

Composite beam (wing spar) design using a computer spreadsheet program.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1991 (v.40#7) pg. 61
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Jan 1992 (v.41#1) pg. 95

Structural testing of homebuilts. Why and how to perform load testing of composite aircraft wings and interpret the results.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1992 (v.41#3) pg. 33

Wing strength and its torsional stiffness. What can be learned about aircraft design by testing a wing all the way to destruction.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1992 (v.41#7) pg. 50

Drag reduction possibilities. The four ways to reduce drag are discussed. Ideas for cowls, wheel pants, control surface gaps, exhaust pipes, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1992 (v.41#9) pg. 72

Computerized stress analysis of three-dimensional steel tube airframes. An introduction to using PC computers for this task.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1993 (v.42#8) pg. 58

Designing the horizontal tail. Excerpts from "The Basic Glider Criteria Handbook". Design ideas apply to all movable tail surfaces for either glider or powered aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1994 (v.43#6) pg. 86

Minimizing fuselage drag.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1996 (v.45#8) pg. 64

Inverse pressure gradient matching ... and other ideas for designing fast, low wing airplanes that climb and turn quickly.
SPORT AVIATION May 1997 (v.46#5) pg. 61
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Mar 1998 (v.47#3) pg. 65

Laminar flow fuselages with pusher configuration propellers. A look at the implications of this design concept.
SPORT AVIATION May 1997 (v.46#5) pg. 95

An analysis of the roll reversal exhibited by some aircraft. A look at the inextricable link between the lateral (roll) axis and the directional (yaw) axis.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1998 (v.47#1) pg. 96

Roll damping. A look at the physical factors which determine an airplane's roll behavior between the time the aileron deflection is changed and the new steady-state roll rate is achieved.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1998 (v.47#8) pg. 71

Dynamic analysis of two pusher aircraft. Applying Computational Fluid Dynamics analysis to see what can be learned from two unique designs.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1998 (v.47#8) pg. 92

How airplanes fly. A physical description of lift.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1999 (v.48#2) pg. 85
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Apr 1999 (v.48#4) pg. 4

AIRCRAFT HARDWARE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT HARDWARE
sa   RIVET
sa   SAFETY WIRE
xx   AIRCRAFT
xx   HARDWARE & FASTENER

Tip on varnishing all holes in wooden spars before installing metal bolts in order to eliminate bolt corrosion.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Dec 1992-Feb 1993 pg. 3

How to drill very accurate round holes for critical applications of AN bolts.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Fall 1993 pg. 9

Tip on keeping a U-shaped aileron, elevator or rudder hinge from twisting and binding (on a wooden airfoil)
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Spring 1994 pg. 5

Tip on coating bolts (inserted into wooden spars) to avoid corrosion.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Spring 1994 pg. 11

Tip on using paint dots to mark fasteners which have been tightened and torqued.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Mar 1995 pg. 8

Bolts for the blue. An explanation of the numbering/coding scheme used in aircraft fasteners.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1986 (v.13#1) pg. 46
Added Info HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT May 1986 (v.13#5) pg. 59

Shopsheet. Diagrams illustrate the basic installation concepts for aircraft bolts.
KITPLANES Apr 1996 (v.13#4) pg. 88

Shopsheet. Diagrams illustrate the basic components and numbering scheme for aircraft turnbuckles.
KITPLANES May 1996 (v.13#5) pg. 79

Shopsheet. Edge margin. Diagram and chart illustrate the minimum distance that a bolt hole should be placed from either the edge of a piece of metal or another hole.
KITPLANES Aug 1996 (v.13#8) pg. 34

Shopsheet. Aircraft turnbuckle assemblies and associated AN numbers.
KITPLANES May 1997 (v.14#5) pg. 63

How to unstick stuck fasteners (screws) holding aircraft cowls, inspection plates, and other metal-to-metal connections.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE May 1987 (v.9#5) pg. 18

Understanding aircraft hardware. An explanation of the numbers, letters and marks used to identify aircraft nuts, bolts, and washers.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1988 (v.10#4) pg. 14

Tip on which aircraft screws can (and can't) be owner-replaced using stainless steel hardware.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1990 (v.12#10) pg. 18

Fastener torque. Mythology vs. methodology.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1991 (v.13#7) pg. 11

Tips on drilling out and replacing old Rivnuts.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1995 (v.17#7) pg. 22

New threads for stripped fasteners. Installing a Helicoil is described in detail.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1995 (v.17#10) pg. 11

Aircraft hardware. An overview of the nuts, bolts, screws, and rivets that are approved for use in aircraft.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1999 (v.21#6) pg. 15

Aircraft hardware. Understanding what the real stuff looks like and where to get it.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Dec 1999 (v.21#12) pg. 10

National Aerospace Standards (NAS) fasteners. How to identify NAS bolts and screws which are replacing the older AN Standard items in aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1983 (v.32#1) pg. 56

Chart of maximum loads for AN fasteners.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1983 (v.32#7) pg. 41

Sportplane builder. The installation and use of piano hinges.
SPORT AVIATION May 1985 (v.34#5) pg. 16

Sportplane builder. Are you using your aircraft hardware correctly? Looks at bolts, machine screws, eye bolts, turnbuckles and rod ends.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1985 (v.34#6) pg. 22

How to make protective shields for firewall openings and grommets.
SPORT AVIATION May 1989 (v.38#5) pg. 36

Tip on making standoffs for wires, cables and hoses from short lengths of automotive type fuel line.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1991 (v.40#6) pg. 74

Tip on using wedge-shaped washers under the bolt heads and nuts for the vertical bolts through spars.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1991 (v.40#9) pg. 63

Combine ring-type electrical terminals, plastic tie-wraps, and pop rivets to hang wires and static line tubing from the inside of a fuselage.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1991 (v.40#12) pg. 88

Tip on getting a clean cut through the threads of a drag and anti-drag wire which will not damage the threads.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1992 (v.41#10) pg. 106
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Dec 1992 (v.41#12) pg. 4

Jig for drilling holes through a wooden wing spar so that they exactly match up with the holes in the metal fitting being attached. Drilling uses only a portable electric drill.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1993 (v.42#7) pg. 72

Anchor nuts. Where to use them. Selecting the right kind of anchor nut. Installing anchor nuts.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1994 (v.43#3) pg. 72

Tip on using flexible PVC drip-irrigation tubing to protect aircraft wiring, fuel lines, vernier control cables, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1995 (v.44#6) pg. 102

Strap hinges for tail feathers on homebuilt tube and fabric aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1996 (v.45#6) pg. 104

Tip on using a polyethylene bearing to support the hinge tube attached to an aileron, rudder, or elevator.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1997 (v.46#6) pg. 112

Making shotgun stock. Make hinges from mig welded tubing that slips over the spar and allows aligning of elevator and rudder prior to welding hinges in place.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1997 (v.46#10) pg. 114

Aircraft hardware. Part 1. Bolts, nuts, washers, cotter pins and safety wire.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1998 (v.47#3) pg. 102

Aircraft hardware. Part 2. Rivets, screws, turnlock fasteners, O-rings, gaskets, grommets, clamps, and piano hinges.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1998 (v.47#4) pg. 107

Control cable assemblies. Looks at cable, hardware, fabrication, installation, and inspection.
SPORT AVIATION May 1998 (v.47#5) pg. 92

Proper use of a clevis bolt, thimble, and shackle to form an aircraft fitting which rotates.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1998 (v.47#8) pg. 113

Simple method for safetying the jam nut on a rod-end bearing.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1999 (v.48#1) pg. 122

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE & REPAIR entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
sa   AIRCRAFT INSPECTION
xx   AIRCRAFT

Tip on using vinyl tape to make minor skin repairs on fabric or metal.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jun-Aug 1990 pg. 3

Tips on spotting bogus aircraft parts.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Summer 1994 pg. 6

Tips on things to look for when doing preventive maintenance on your aircraft.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1983 (v.10#8) pg. 33

Rigging your airplane to follow the straight and narrow path takes just a little know how and some heads-up flying.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Dec 1986 (v.13#12) pg. 22

A guide to the most noteworthy maintenance-related advisory circulars available from the FAA.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1987 (v.9#6) pg. 14
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1987 (v.9#9) pg. 4

Tools and spare parts any cross-country pilot should have in the airplane.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1987 (v.9#8) pg. 9

Ten tips to prepare the "cold-sensitive" parts of your airplane for winter.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1987 (v.9#10) pg. 4

Tips on how an airplane owner can trim the cost of an annual inspection which may require numerous corrosion-related repairs.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1988 (v.10#7) pg. 19
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1988 (v.10#10) pg. 5

Tail inspection tips for the Cessna 180/185.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1988 (v.10#7) pg. 20

Advice to airplane owners on the need for periodic cowl removal and a thorough inspection of your engine compartment.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1988 (v.10#8) pg. 7

Tip on bypassing the restriction placed on licensed Repair Stations as it pertains to installing salvage parts.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jan 1989 (v.11#1) pg. 20

Advice on aircraft drain holes and the importance of keeping them clear.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1989 (v.11#6) pg. 6
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1989 (v.11#7) pg. 2

Tip: Use high-temperature silicone sealant on engine baffle strips, spark plug wires, etc.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1989 (v.11#7) pg. 17

Advice on the "legal" status of both logged and unlogged owner-performed minor repairs.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1989 (v.11#10) pg. 19

Advice on which aircraft maintenance records you are required to submit to the NTSB or FAA on demand.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1989 (v.11#11) pg. 2

Making safety-wire safe. How to select and install safety wire using acceptable practices.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1989 (v.11#11) pg. 14

Crack repair secrets of the experts. How to stop-drill, patch and reinforce cracks in metal parts. Includes instructions on adding another inspection cover instead of a patch.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1990 (v.12#4) pg. 15

Reader-recommended owner assist shops. Names and addresses of aircraft maintenance shops where aircraft owners can work on their own planes under the supervision of a certified mechanic.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1990 (v.12#8) pg. 12

How to avoid the most common and costly owner-maintenance mistakes when dealing with brakes, spark plugs, oil filters, tires, mags, cleaning, safety wire, and tools.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1991 (v.13#6) pg. 8

Advice on which aircraft maintenance may legally be performed by an owner.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1992 (v.14#4) pg. 24

Cessna 172 Skyhawk owner's survival guide. An overview of the special maintenance requirements for this aircraft. Includes a summary of all airworthiness directives.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1993 (v.15#4) pg. 23

Back-country readiness. Tips on making sure an aircraft is ready for a trip into the wilderness for fishing, camping, etc.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1995 (v.17#10) pg. 14

More advice from the ongoing war against cracks in aircraft skins. When to patch a crack, rivets to be used, cracks in plastic fairings, etc.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Feb 1996 (v.18#2) pg. 14

Tips on using 3M's 1300-L rubber and gasket adhesive on aircraft carpet, upholstery, deice boots, or door seals.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1996 (v.18#9) pg. 18

Vibration analysis. What to look for when your airplane vibrates. Troubleshooting the three primary sources of abnormal vibration (propeller, engine, control surfaces).
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1997 (v.19#9) pg. 14

Sheet metal repair. A series offering expert advice for working with Alclad. Part 1. Making an aluminum skin patch.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE May 1999 (v.21#5) pg. 5

Proper techniques for jacking up an airplane. Includes instructions for making an aircraft jack from a standard automobile jack stand and a small hydraulic jack. Includes tips on installing built-in jack points.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1983 (v.32#3) pg. 23

Do it yourself maintenance. A look at permissable aircraft maintenance which may be performed by the owner-operator under FAR part 43, Appendix A without an A&P license.
SPORT AVIATION May 1983 (v.32#5) pg. 56

Aircraft post-winter inspection checklist.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1985 (v.34#4) pg. 53

Cockpit classroom. Fueling and servicing general aviation aircraft. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1986 (v.35#6) pg. 55

Cockpit classroom. Fueling and servicing general aviation aircraft. Part 2.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1986 (v.35#7) pg. 24

Tips on simple things you can do to keep "in tune" with your airplane and prevent problems from developing.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1986 (v.35#8) pg. 66

Mixing winter flying, with oil, fuel, and water. Tips on preparing your aircraft for safe winter flying.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1986 (v.35#12) pg. 56

Preventing water damage in aircraft. Emphasis is on controlling condensation.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1988 (v.37#7) pg. 63

Tip on checking and reinforcing the Bowers Fly Baby spar connection at Station 5.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1991 (v.40#10) pg. 13

Maintaining a production airplane. A look at preventative maintenance which can legally be performed by an aircraft owner and the associated logbook entry. Part 1.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1998 (v.47#6) pg. 90

Maintaining a production airplane. Part 2.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1998 (v.47#7) pg. 106

Repairing the Aeronca Champ tail post which can be damaged by spinning the aircraft at the end of the runway prior to takeoff. These same torsional forces can damage the tail post of other conventional-gear welded tube fuselages.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Jan 1994 (v.22#1) pg. 27

Replacing rusty lower longerons. Includes instructions for fabricating a special drill bit that will grind away the stub of the longeron right to the center of the supporting weld cluster.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Mar 1994 (v.22#3) pg. 24

AIRCRAFT PROPELLER entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT PROPELLER
sa   AIRCRAFT SPINNER
x   PROPELLER (AIRCRAFT)
xx   AIRCRAFT

Tips on polishing -vs- painting a propeller.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Apr-May 1990 pg. 5

Handcrafting your own prop. Part 4. Carving and drilling the wooden propeller blank to shape. Some tips.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1983 (v.10#3) pg. 56

Handcrafting your own prop. Part 5. Balancing and finishing. Some tips.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1983 (v.10#4) pg. 45

Ye olde prop carver. A step-by-step look at the science and art of carving blades that complements your mix of air frame and power plant.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1984 (v.11#6) pg. 50

Proper props for your "power train." How to choose the best fixed-pitch propeller/engine combination for top performance.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1985 (v.12#1) pg. 36
Added Info HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1985 (v.12#4) pg. 13
Added Info HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jun 1985 (v.12#6) pg. 14

Basics of propeller carving. With proper tables and calculations, a good set of basic tools (and a couple of special ones), you can make your own unique propeller.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1985 (v.12#2) pg. 36

Chip off the old prop. Tips on using a home-built carving machine to fabricate wooden propellers. The carving machine uses an existing prop as the template. A router does the actual cutting.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Aug 1985 (v.12#8) pg. 28

Prop talk. Discussion of prop design, plus tips on how to tell if your propeller is out of balance.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1986 (v.13#1) pg. 55

Proper propeller care. The "ten commandments" of wooden prop care.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Oct 1986 (v.13#10) pg. 40

Safe technique for making static-thrust tests on fixed-pitch propellers.
KITPLANES Oct 1992 (v.9#10) pg. 42

Aerodynamic effects of propellers on the stability, control and trim of an airplane. Part 1. Thrust lines.
KITPLANES Jul 1994 (v.11#7) pg. 54

Aerodynamic effects of propellers on the stability, control and trim of an airplane. Part 2. Gyroscopic effects.
KITPLANES Aug 1994 (v.11#8) pg. 88

Aerodynamic effects of propellers on the stability, control and trim of an airplane. Part 3. Slipstream effects.
KITPLANES Sep 1994 (v.11#9) pg. 52

Aerodynamic effects of propellers on the stability, control and trim of an airplane. Part 4. Torque, P-factor and slipstream swirl.
KITPLANES Oct 1994 (v.11#10) pg. 81
Correction KITPLANES Jan 1995 (v.12#1) pg. 2

Picking a prop. An analysis of both the cost and performance differences between using a Lycoming O-320 equipped with a wood fixed-pitch propeller and using a Lycoming O-360 with a constant speed prop on the same aircraft.
KITPLANES Oct 1996 (v.13#10) pg. 86

Aircraft propellers. Part 1. Calculating propeller thrust.
KITPLANES Dec 1997 (v.14#12) pg. 6

Aircraft propellers. Part 2. Facets of propeller blade design and how they affect the characteristics of the prop.
KITPLANES Jan 1998 (v.15#1) pg. 6

Aircraft propellers. Part 3. Relationship between pitch and efficiency.
KITPLANES Feb 1998 (v.15#2) pg. 6

Propeller placement. A look at both pusher and tractor arrangements.
KITPLANES Oct 1999 (v.16#10) pg. 52

Troubleshooting erratic prop action on aircraft powered by large Continental engines.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1987 (v.9#7) pg. 18

Results of survey on propeller overhauls.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1988 (v.10#7) pg. 12

Propeller overhauls. Step-by-step review of the Hartzell Company's propeller overhaul service. Includes advice on selecting an overhaul shop, proper lubrication of hubs, etc.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1990 (v.12#9) pg. 12

Field repair basics for minor prop damage (nicks, gouges, etc.).
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1990 (v.12#10) pg. 16

Dealing with nicks, dings, dents, and mars on aluminum propellers is a skill every pilot should have.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Feb 1992 (v.14#2) pg. 15

Maintenance advice for prop governors.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Feb 1992 (v.14#2) pg. 23

Prop sense. A close-up look at prop overhaul procedures, intervals, etc.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1993 (v.15#8) pg. 12

Propeller operating tips which may help extend operating life.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1993 (v.15#8) pg. 16

Tips on locating the source of oil leaks in a Lycoming IO-360-A1B6D installed on a Cessna Cardinal RG.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jan 1994 (v.16#1) pg. 20
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Mar 1994 (v.16#3) pg. 4 (Prop governor pad)
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE May 1994 (v.16#5) pg. 5 (Prop governor pad Service Instruction)

How your prop works. An in-depth tour of props and governors. Includes a pre-flight run-up check procedure for constant-speed props.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Feb 1994 (v.16#2) pg. 10

Propeller overspeeds (runaways) and what to do about it. Includes a "secret" check procedure for props with unfeathering accumulators. Describes an emergency procedure to reduce the rpm.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Mar 1994 (v.16#3) pg. 16
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE May 1994 (v.16#5) pg. 5

Troubleshooting tips for prop governor systems.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE May 1996 (v.18#5) pg. 20

The Continental propeller oil transfer collar. How it operates and advice on maintenance.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1998 (v.20#8) pg. 10

Prop indexing. How to install a fixed-pitch propeller to avoid vibration problems.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1999 (v.21#11) pg. 15

Formula racing propellers. Precautions to take when using metal props in a non-certified installation. Includes design criteria for wood and composite props in racing.
SPORT AVIATION Feb 1983 (v.32#2) pg. 58

Computer program calculates the operating performance of a family of propellers applicable to small airplanes. Written in Microsoft BASIC.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1984 (v.33#8) pg. 44

A comparative study between a 72" two blade prop and a 56" three blade prop.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1986 (v.35#7) pg. 31

The fixed pitch propeller dilemma. A few suggestions on selecting the first propeller for your homebuilt aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1986 (v.35#8) pg. 28

Improving performance by modifying propeller tips.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1987 (v.36#4) pg. 40

No moving parts. The circulation control airfoil and the fluidic propeller. Changing the coefficient of lift by blowing small quantities of air out of slots.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1988 (v.37#3) pg. 27

Driving the prop. Advice on slip-in drive bushings, nuts, bolts and hubs used to attach and drive a propeller.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1988 (v.37#4) pg. 37

Building four-bladed wooden propellers. How to laminate a prop blank using fir, birch, Honduras mahogany or maple.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1988 (v.37#6) pg. 56

Applying a urethane leading edge to a wood propeller.
SPORT AVIATION Nov 1990 (v.39#11) pg. 67

A wood propeller for your homebuilt. Advantages of a fixed pitch wood propeller over a modified metal prop. Tips for selecting the right prop, what to expect of your prop, certified -vs- custom built, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1991 (v.40#1) pg. 71
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Mar 1991 (v.40#3) pg. 80

Carving wooden propellers. Use a beam to support the laminated blank and a series of templates which guide a circular saw blade driven by an air motor or die grinder.
SPORT AVIATION Jun 1991 (v.40#6) pg. 77

Jig for adjusting the blade angle of a ground-adjustable propeller is also suitable for setting up just about any other wing or fuselage alignment parameters. It combines a machinist's protractor with two bubble tubes from an inexpensive level.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1992 (v.41#9) pg. 83

Advice on the proper installation of a wooden propeller to avoid bolt failure and charring of the mounting face.
SPORT AVIATION May 1993 (v.42#5) pg. 94

Tips on selecting and installing a propeller on an experimental aircraft.
SPORT AVIATION May 1994 (v.43#5) pg. 104

How to choose a safe propeller. Looks at the many factors which must be considered (performance, weight, cost, noise, diameter limits, etc.).
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1994 (v.43#7) pg. 41

Propeller efficiency. A rough guide to calculating the prop thrust from a particular combination of engine and prop.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1994 (v.43#9) pg. 98
Correction SPORT AVIATION Dec 1994 (v.43#12) pg. 100

Jig for balancing a wooden propeller after refinishing is made from skateboard wheels, threaded rod, nuts and washers.
SPORT AVIATION Oct 1996 (v.45#10) pg. 122

4200 RPM props. Results of research into using small-diameter props at higher rpm so they can be directly driven by an automobile engine.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1997 (v.46#3) pg. 94
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Jun 1997 (v.46#6) pg. 105
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Sep 1997 (v.46#9) pg. 4

Stories and advice on hand-propping an airplane. Part 1.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Mar 1990 (v.18#3) pg. 28

Stories and advice on hand-propping an airplane. Part 2.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Apr 1990 (v.18#4) pg. 14

Sensenich propeller model numbers and their meanings. A reprint from a 1955 spec sheet.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Aug 1990 (v.18#8) pg. 29

Step-by-step hand propping techniques explained.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Dec 1990 (v.18#12) pg. 33

Propcraft. An introduction to the craft of fabricating wooden aircraft propellers.
WOODWORKER #1116 Nov 1986 (v.90#11) pg. 942

AVIATION RADIO entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AVIATION RADIO
sa   AVIATION RADIO ANTENNA
sa   EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
x   AIRCRAFT RADIO
x   AVIONICS
xx   AIRCRAFT
xx   RADIO

Omni aviation navigation system. Simulate aircraft instrument navigation using simple trigonometry and this BASIC program.
BYTE Jun 1982 (v.7#6) pg. 468

Convert the AM-914/TRC naval receiver to tune the 225-400 MHz military areonautical band.
CQ. THE RADIO AMATEUR'S JOURNAL Oct 1980 (v.36#10) pg. 74

Government surplus RC-3A fixed frequency VHF receiver operates on 127.4 MHz. Tips on opening and modifying the receiver to locate downed aircraft or listen to aircraft tower conversations. Est. cost: $15.
CQ. THE RADIO AMATEUR'S JOURNAL Aug 1981 (v.37#8) pg. 56

Tip on installing diodes to protect aircraft radios from electrical damage while starting the engine.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Fall 1993 pg. 12

Aviation-band receiver. This superheterodyne unit, built around four IC's, is designed to receive AM signals in the 118-135 MHz frequency range. Est. cost: $25.
ELECTRONICS HOBBYISTS HANDBOOK Spring 1994 pg. 80

Receiver for monitoring aircraft/tower radio transmissions. Est. cost: $10.
ELECTRONICS ILLUSTRATED Jul 1965 (v.8#4) pg. 96

Jet eavesdropper, a receiver to tune in the aircraft bands (108 to 136 megacycles). Uses two vacuum tubes.
ELECTRONICS ILLUSTRATED Mar 1967 (v.10#2) pg. 111

Three-tube receiver tunes from 215 to 280 mc, the frequency of military aircraft.
ELECTRONICS ILLUSTRATED Jan 1968 (v.11#1) pg. 41

One-transistor converter tunes aircraft frequencies (108-136 mc). Est. cost: $4.
ELECTRONICS ILLUSTRATED Sep 1970 (v.13#5) pg. 25

Airport Buddy. A simple receiver that is tuned to pick up frequencies used by aircraft (108- to 135-MHz).
ELECTRONICS NOW Jan 1999 (v.70#1) pg. 25
Added Info ELECTRONICS NOW Mar 1999 (v.70#3) pg. 30

Convert the Eicocraft FM radio kit to receive aircraft radio signals.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Mar-Apr 1970 (v.10#1) pg. 75

A paper-thin VHF receiver can be carried in your pocket or strapped to your arm. Powered by a 9-volt battery, you can take it aboard an aircraft and listen to the pilots and controllers.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Jul-Aug 1971 (v.11#3) pg. 65

Convert your AM/FM pocket radio into an aircraft scanner.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Sep-Oct 1980 (v.20#5) pg. 47

All about antennas. Special considerations for homebuilders when the time comes to outfit amateur-built aircraft with the "spines" of communication.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Mar 1984 (v.11#3) pg. 18

Erector-set radio. Tips on constructing aircraft radios from a kit. The kits are available from Radio Systems Technology Inc.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Apr 1984 (v.11#4) pg. 24

Build your own navcom. tips on constructing a kit from Radio Systems Technology Inc. (Grass Valley, CA).
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Nov 1984 (v.11#11) pg. 22

Know your navcom. Valuable tips on outfitting your homebuilt airplane with avionics.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Sep 1986 (v.13#9) pg. 52

Proper antenna design and installation for a composite aircraft. Part 1.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Jan 1987 (v.14#1) pg. 38

Proper antenna design and installation for a composite aircraft. Part 2.
HOMEBUILT AIRCRAFT Feb 1987 (v.14#2) pg. 28

Building a marker beacon receiver using a kit from Radio Systems Technology.
KITPLANES Sep 1992 (v.9#9) pg. 46

Installing the Bendix/King KX 125 navcom. Includes installation tips that apply to avionics in general.
KITPLANES Apr 1993 (v.10#4) pg. 48

Installing Icom's IC-A200 panel-mounted aircraft transceiver.
KITPLANES Sep 1993 (v.10#9) pg. 72

Building the RST (Radio Systems Technology) 447K panel-mounted intercom kit.
KITPLANES Dec 1993 (v.10#12) pg. 98

Perspective on coaxial cable and its use in aircraft radio installations.
KITPLANES Nov 1996 (v.13#11) pg. 46

Using coaxial cable baluns, splitters and filters in aviation radio installations.
KITPLANES Jan 1997 (v.14#1) pg. 87

How to install intermediate connectors on general aviation radios in order to achieve the same level of compatibly found in the airlines' "Arinc" standard.
KITPLANES Oct 1997 (v.14#10) pg. 62

Headphone and microphone connectors for aviation radio. Suggestions on installing smaller, more modern, standardized versions.
KITPLANES Dec 1997 (v.14#12) pg. 18

KARMIC connector standards for aircraft electronics. Part 3. Nav radios, DME, marker beacon, transponder, altitude encoder, etc.
KITPLANES Feb 1998 (v.15#2) pg. 86

How to construct a test box and apparatus to check the accuracy of altitude encoders via the KARMIC connector.
KITPLANES Apr 1998 (v.15#4) pg. 20

How to install an AM/FM music radio in an aircraft using KARMIC connectors.
KITPLANES Jun 1998 (v.15#6) pg. 86

Homebrewing a headphone amplifier to listen to a music radio installed in an aircraft.
KITPLANES Aug 1998 (v.15#8) pg. 32

Advice on selecting and installing lightning detection devices on composite aircraft.
KITPLANES Aug 1998 (v.15#8) pg. 76

Building the world's cheapest voice-activated airplane intercom.
KITPLANES Oct 1998 (v.15#10) pg. 60

A radio for the hangar. How to adapt an old style aircraft radio into a receive-only base station. Part 1.
KITPLANES Apr 1999 (v.16#4) pg. 56

A radio for the hangar. How to adapt an old style aircraft radio into a receive-only base station. Part 2.
KITPLANES May 1999 (v.16#5) pg. 46

Tips on locating an antenna or venturi to produce minimum drag.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1988 (v.10#9) pg. 20

Eliminating the "whine" induced by the left alternator in a Piper Seneca II/III which causes radio interference.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1989 (v.11#4) pg. 4

Troubleshooting a King KR86 ADF that is rendered useless by alternator (electrical) interference.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1990 (v.12#10) pg. 18
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Dec 1990 (v.12#12) pg. 4

Description of the electrical voltage spikes which can damage aircraft radios.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1990 (v.12#11) pg. 5

Troubleshooting the source of electronic noise in your aviation headphones. What causes various types of noise and where to look for the fault.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1992 (v.14#11) pg. 10

Do-it-yourself panel work. Advice on selecting replacement avionics and performing a supervised installation.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1994 (v.16#9) pg. 5

Proper wiring and wire-bundling procedures behind your instrument panel that you should insist on whenever any avionics work is performed.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1994 (v.16#10) pg. 24

Installing an avionics master switch to protect both your radios and yourself.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Mar 1995 (v.17#3) pg. 12

Maintaining communications. Malfunction prevention is the key to increased avionics life, especially for older radios.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jul 1995 (v.17#7) pg. 10

Do-it-yourself avionics. Tips on assembling Radio Systems Technologies audio panel kit.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1995 (v.17#8) pg. 14

Common communication equipment problems and likely causes. Part 1.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Apr 1996 (v.18#4) pg. 4

Common communication equipment problems and likely causes. Part 2.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE May 1996 (v.18#5) pg. 4

Troubleshooting your VOR and ILS system.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1996 (v.18#8) pg. 5

Checking out your ADF (automatic direction finder) system.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1996 (v.18#9) pg. 4

Troubleshooting DME (distance measuring equipment) systems.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1996 (v.18#10) pg. 6

Cockpit chatterboxes. Overview of built-in and portable intercoms. Tips on selection, installation, troubleshooting, etc.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Nov 1996 (v.18#11) pg. 5

Transponder tribulations. Squawking problems in the beacon system. System background, some troubleshooting hints, and what to expect from a routine inspection.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Feb 1997 (v.19#2) pg. 15

Navcom tender-loving-care. Common sense and routine maintenance ideas for aviation radios.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Dec 1999 (v.21#12) pg. 16

How to get started in monitoring commercial aviation radio.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #536 Jan 1973 (v.69) pg. 92

Experimenter's aviation band receiver tunes the 118-to-135.95-MHz AM band. Est. cost: $9.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Sep 1986 (v.3#9) pg. 44
Added Info MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Feb 1987 (v.4#2) pg. 92

Monitoring airport control towers. A review of the frequencies used in aviation communications.
POPULAR COMMUNICATIONS Mar 1989 (v.7#7) pg. 12

Those strange signals above the FM band. DX'ing the VHF signals in the 108 to 118 MHz which are assigned to the FAA's Very high frequency Omni Range (VOR) and Tactical Air Navigation (TACAN) network.
POPULAR COMMUNICATIONS Aug 1990 (v.8#12) pg. 29

Understanding and scanning aircraft shortwave radio.
POPULAR COMMUNICATIONS Aug 1995 (v.13#12) pg. 42

How to become an FAA electronics technician. Tips on getting started toward this career.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Apr 1975 (v.7#4) pg. 48

Build a legal in-flight airline receiver that allows you to listen in on airplane-to-control tower conversions.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] May 1977 (v.11#5) pg. 61

Build an aviation-band receiver designed to tune the 118-MHz to 135-MHz band. Est. cost: $25 (kit).
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Jan 1993 (v.10#1) pg. 31

Simple regenerative receiver circuit for the high aircraft band (225- to 400-MHz).
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Sep 1995 (v.12#9) pg. 31

Monitoring military aircraft. Use an ordinary scanner and these listening tips to follow the exciting transmissions of military pilots.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Jan 1997 (v.14#1) pg. 45

A $25 receiver to monitor aircraft frequencies.
POPULAR MECHANICS Sep 1964 (v.122#3) pg. 190

Converter allows you to tune in aircraft frequencies on AM radio.
POPULAR MECHANICS Aug 1968 (v.130#2) pg. 166

A guide to tuning in the air-communications band on a multiband radio. Includes a chart of air-to-ground communications-frequency allocations by specific city or airport.
POPULAR MECHANICS Mar 1979 (v.151#3) pg. 82

All about instrument landing systems.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Mar 1984 (v.55#3) pg. 49
Correction RADIO-ELECTRONICS Jun 1984 (v.55#6) pg. 22

Circuit to generate an audio signal consisting of 30 Hz and 9960 Hz at 0.5-VRMS. Used to check aircraft VOR navigation systems.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Aug 1990 (v.61#8) pg. 12
Added Info RADIO-ELECTRONICS Nov 1990 (v.61#11) pg. 25

Stratospheric super sleuth. A battery-powered VHF receiver tunes two bands, 106 to 128 MHz and 126 to 150 MHz. Listen to aircraft and satellite communications. Est. cost: $25.
RADIO-TV EXPERIMENTER Aug-Sep 1967 (v.23#1) pg. 25

VHF converter to hear aircraft communications in the 118-128 MHz range. Est. cost: $7.
RADIO-TV EXPERIMENTER Dec 1968-Jan 1969 (v.25#3) pg. 71

Receiver tunable over the 117- to 150-MHz aircraft band and also the 2-meter amateur band. Operates from 117-volt AC or 9-volt DC current. Uses 1 transistor plus an amplifier module.
SCIENCE & ELECTRONICS [1] Feb-Mar 1970 (v.28#1) pg. 39

More information on fabricating and installing interior wing tip antennas.
SPORT AVIATION Jul 1985 (v.34#7) pg. 40

Checklist of weight and representative costs for aircraft electrical and avionics systems. Covers basic electrical system, VFR radios, VFR cross country add-ons, and night flying add-ons.
SPORT AVIATION Dec 1988 (v.37#12) pg. 59

Automatic avionics bus switch with safety bypass makes it impossible to leave the avionics master in the "on" position after shutting the airplane down.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1992 (v.41#9) pg. 84
Added Info SPORT AVIATION Dec 1992 (v.41#12) pg. 90

Simple electronic circuit will feed the signal from an aircraft warning buzzer into the intercom system so that it is easier to hear.
SPORT AVIATION Sep 1993 (v.42#9) pg. 89

Supplemental volume control for aircraft headsets.
SPORT AVIATION May 1994 (v.43#5) pg. 102

Battery alternatives for handheld aircraft radios. Tip on selecting a long-life battery, building a constant-current charger for Ni-cad cells, charging techniques, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Mar 1995 (v.44#3) pg. 30

Troubleshooting noise problems associated with a radio installed in an engine-driven aircraft. Determining the cause of the noise, installing noise filters, squelch control, etc.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1995 (v.44#4) pg. 73

Stalking the elusive EMI (electromagnetic interference) in aircraft radio and navigation equipment.
SPORT AVIATION Apr 1996 (v.45#4) pg. 86

AIRCRAFT SEAT entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT SEAT
xx   AIRCRAFT
xx   AIRCRAFT COCKPIT & INTERIOR

Adjustable seat design for the BD-4 is made from 4130 tubing.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Jan 1995 pg. 6

Cracks and tracks. Here's what you need to know about seat rail replacement in older Cessna aircraft.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1995 (v.17#6) pg. 11

SunMate cushions. Tips on selecting and installing composite foam seat cushions from Dynamic Systems, Inc. which "provide high energy impact absorption and ... uniform orthopedic support".
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1999 (v.21#9) pg. 20

Making custom-shaped seats for a homebuilt airplane from carved foam.
SPORT AVIATION Aug 1990 (v.39#8) pg. 28

Aircraft seat design and padding to maximize impact safety.
SPORT AVIATION Jan 1991 (v.40#1) pg. 68

AIRCRAFT STORAGE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


AIRCRAFT STORAGE
sa   AIRCRAFT HANGAR & TIE DOWN
xx   AIRCRAFT

Hand grip (handle) is welded onto the vertical stabilizer spar to facilitate moving of a biplane.
E.A.A. TECHNICAL COUNSELOR NEWS Apr-May 1989 pg. 6

An inactivity checklist. Maintenance considerations for an airplane that is flown less than once a week. Looks at engines, rubber products, brakes, and electrical system.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Feb 1988 (v.10#2) pg. 15
Added Info LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jun 1988 (v.10#6) pg. 20

Tips on using OMC's "Storage Fogging Oil" to protect an aircraft engine over the winter.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Oct 1988 (v.10#10) pg. 20

Protecting an inactive airplane. Advice on preserving the engine, pressure carburetors, electrical system, rubber components, and preventing airframe corrosion.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Aug 1990 (v.12#8) pg. 8

Tips on preparing an aircraft engine for long-term storage.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Jan 1992 (v.14#1) pg. 20

Tips on preserving an uninstalled aircraft engine (remanufactured or factory new) for several months.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Mar 1997 (v.19#3) pg. 21

Preservation and storage. How to protect your engine investment when your airplane is out-of-service for 30 days or more.
LIGHT PLANE MAINTENANCE Sep 1999 (v.21#9) pg. 10

Short-term storage tips for an aircraft engine (less than 90 days).
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Jan 1991 (v.19#1) pg. 15
Correction VINTAGE AIRPLANE Mar 1991 (v.19#3) pg. 5

Engine storage procedures when an airplane will not be flown for the winter or any other period of time longer than 30 days.
VINTAGE AIRPLANE Dec 1994 (v.22#12) pg. 8, 27

MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT -- LUTON MINOR entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT -- LUTON MINOR
xx   MODEL & MINIATURE AIRCRAFT -- ( SPECIFIC AIRCRAFT)

Luton lightweights. (1) Three-view drawing and technical data for the Luton Minor single-seat aircraft, circa 1953. (2) Reduced-scale plans for two different free flight classic scale models of the Luton Minor. (3) A related article reviews a scale model kit of the Luton Minor.
AERO MODELLER #772 Feb 2000 (v.65) pg. 8, 10, 32

ALARM & SIREN entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ALARM & SIREN
sa   AUTOMOBILE SECURITY SYSTEM
sa   BOAT SECURITY SYSTEM
sa   ELECTRIC POWER-FAILURE ALARM
sa   FIRE ALARM
sa   GAS DETECTOR
sa   INTRUSION ALARM
sa   LIQUID ACTIVATED ALARM
sa   SECURITY SYSTEM
sa   SWIMMING POOL ALARM
sa   TEMPERATURE ACTIVATED ALARM
sa   TOUCH ALARM
x   SIREN
xx   SECURITY SYSTEM
xx   SOUND EFFECTS

Low-cost alarm system you can build to sound a horn or turn on a light.
BOYS' LIFE Apr 1976 (v.66#4) pg. 68

Circuits for sensors in computer-controlled alarm systems.
BYTE Feb 1981 (v.6#2) pg. 280

Experimenting with a piezoelectric speaker includes a circuit for a portable siren.
COMPUTERS & ELECTRONICS Dec 1983 (v.21#12) pg. 89

Circuit for an electronic "fire engine" alarm. Est. cost: under $10.
CQ. THE RADIO AMATEUR'S JOURNAL Jan 1979 (v.35#1) pg. 99

Refrigerator tone alarm beeps whenever the door is left open for more than 20 seconds. Triggered by refrigerator light.
CQ. THE RADIO AMATEUR'S JOURNAL Nov 1981 (v.37#11) pg. 85

How to control the Heath/Zenith Barking Dog Alarm via an X-10 universal module.
ELECTRONIC HOUSE Mar-Apr 1991 (v.6#2) pg. 16

A tape recording of a growling dog is activated by this device whenever someone presses your doorbell.
ELECTRONICS ILLUSTRATED Sep 1969 (v.12#5) pg. 43

Free-running multivibrator turns Sonalert alarm on and off at a rate of 2 beeps per second.
ELECTRONICS WORLD Dec 1969 (v.82#6) pg. 79

Construction details for two electronic sirens, one with self cycling.
ELECTRONICS WORLD May 1970 (v.83#5) pg. 41

Photoelectric alarm monitors ambient light in a photographic darkroom. When light rises to an unsafe level the alarm goes off, sounding a bell or cutting electrical power. Can be modified for other purposes (burglar, fire, freezing, ...).
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Mar-Apr 1969 (v.8#1) pg. 59

Electronic alarm generator produces a "yelp-yelp-yelp" sound. Sound can be output via headphones or your hi-fi amplifier. Est. cost: $4.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Jul-Aug 1973 (v.13#4) pg. 77

How to modify the Radio Shack Disaster Alarm kit (#28-4006) to be a smoke, gas, heat, and burglar alarm.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Sep-Oct 1973 (v.13#5) pg. 40

Alarm circuit for an attache case. Uses a photocell which sets off an alarm if case is opened.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Sep-Oct 1978 (v.18#5) pg. 69

Li'l Wailer, an electronic siren that can be adjusted from a barely discernible cry to a scream that will attract attention for at least 100-ft around. Powered by a 9-volt battery, it will fit easily into your pocket.
ELEMENTARY ELECTRONICS Sep-Oct 1979 (v.19#5) pg. 57

A look at four types of home detectors: Smoke alarms, gas leak alarms, severe storm alarms and power failure detectors.
FAMILY HANDYMAN #190 May-Jun 1978 (v.28#5) pg. 32

Circuit simulates the warbling "hee-haw" of a British police siren.
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS Winter 1985 (v.2#3) pg. 72

Yelping siren circuit is similar in concept to the British "hee-haw" police siren.
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS Spring 1985 (v.2#4) pg. 35

Electronic siren circuit can be incorporated in your home-brew circuits as a warning or signaling device. Simulates the "hee-haw" sound of modern police sirens. Est. cost: $5.
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS Jan-Feb 1986 (v.3#1) pg. 67

Wailing siren circuit can be custom tailored to produce the most attention-getting effects. Features the sound associated with fire-emergency vehicles.
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS May-Jun 1986 (v.3#3) pg. 86

Build a frig-door alarm. Sounds off whenever the freezer or refrigerator door is left ajar. A time delay built into the circuit allows for normal access without tripping the alarm.
HANDS-ON ELECTRONICS Jul 1987 (v.4#7) pg. 65

Total security. An overview of today's electronic alarm systems.
HOME MECHANIX #739 Nov 1989 (v.85) pg. 42

Medicine chest alarm.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #512 Jan 1971 (v.67) pg. 106

Circuit for a security wailer. Makes a sound like a fire engine. The rise and fall of the wail pitch, plus the percentage change in pitch, can be adjusted. Est. cost: under $10.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [1] Feb 1978 (v.1#1) pg. 48

Circuit for the continental two-tone blee-bloop siren now being used by emergency vehicles.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1978 (v.1#4) pg. 67

Circuit to turn a 12-volt police siren on-and-off at three second intervals.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [1] Jul 1978 (v.1#5) pg. 6

A pilot-lamp beeper. Audibly alerts you when an electrical appliance with a pilot lamp is left on. Powered by a 9-volt battery. Requires no connection to the pilot lamp circuit.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] May 1985 (v.1#8) pg. 48

Teleguard. Phone accessory automatically calls a preprogrammed telephone number when your burglar/fire alarm or other sensor is tripped. Part 1.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Jun 1985 (v.1#9) pg. 48

Teleguard. Part 2. Conclusion.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Jul 1985 (v.2#1) pg. 60

Teleguard. Part 3. Solid-state sensing modules. Low-cost circuits you build to enhance the operation of the Teleguard security system. Includes light-activated sensors, temperature-sensing module, and fluid-detecting module.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Aug 1985 (v.2#2) pg. 56

Experimenter's interface device. Part 3. Experimenting with input and output lines on a Commodore-64 computer. Projects include a sequential binary counter, alarm clock, power control, and alarm system.
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Sep 1985 (v.2#3) pg. 64

Tattle Tale. A unique home or office intruder and emergency monitor that you phone to find out if all is well. Can be used to monitor up to three emergency situations (breakin, fire, flood, heating/cooling failure, etc.).
MODERN ELECTRONICS [2] Dec 1986 (v.3#12) pg. 28

Old-house security: Part 2. Locks and Alarms.
OLD-HOUSE JOURNAL Dec 1986 (v.14#10) pg. 472

"Panic Alarm" makes noise and flashes light.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] May 1964 (v.20#5) pg. 37

Electronic siren circuit.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Feb 1965 (v.22#2) pg. 78

Very sensitive electronic relay for use in alarms, controls, etc.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Nov 1965 (v.23#5) pg. 57

Electronic siren circuit contains two multivibrators operating at widely different frequencies.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Mar 1966 (v.24#3) pg. 79

Switch which can be activated by light, noise or touch is useful in an alarm circuit.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1966 (v.24#6) pg. 56

High-power transistorized siren. A 12-volt transistor circuit delivers 15 watts output to horn or speaker.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Sep 1966 (v.25#3) pg. 55

Two electronic noise makers. A siren and a noise like water dripping.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Feb 1968 (v.28#2) pg. 33

"Riot Restrainer". Alarm sounds when noise exceeds a predetermined level, turns off when noise level goes down.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Apr 1969 (v.30#4) pg. 47

Basic blocking oscillator circuit can serve as (1) code practice oscillator, (2) continuity tester, (3) metronome, (4) audio test signal source, (5) alarm signal and (6) basic electronic organ.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jan 1970 (v.32#1) pg. 99

Two-tone audible alarm switches from 500- to 1000-Hz five times a second.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Feb 1970 (v.32#2) pg. 29
Correction POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Apr 1970 (v.32#4) pg. 105

Circuit where switching arrangement allows wide-range relaxation oscillator to operate as (1) electronic organ, (2) metronome, (3) thermometer, (4) code practice oscillator, or (5) siren.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1970 (v.32#6) pg. 80

Electronic siren circuit.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jul 1970 (v.33#1) pg. 86

Build a general-purpose alarm with a siren-like wail that can be triggered by a number of sources.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Sep 1972 (v.2#3) pg. 64

Applications for the 555 integrated circuit timer chip described in the Nov 1973 issue (p.54). Applications include: (1) Warble alarm circuit, (2) Schmitt trigger or bistable buffer, (3) Square wave oscillator, (4) Output drive considerations, (5) Wide-range pulse generator.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jan 1974 (v.5#1) pg. 72

General-purpose audio oscillator can serve as (1) a code-practice oscillator, (2) self-contained audio source for testing microphones and loudspeaker placement or (3) as a signal in an alarm system.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Sep 1974 (v.6#3) pg. 81

Circuit for producing a "whelper" sound.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Sep 1974 (v.6#3) pg. 93

Circuit for "wail/whoop" siren generator.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Oct 1974 (v.6#4) pg. 90

This alarm circuit feeds signal to a background-music PA system.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Dec 1974 (v.6#6) pg. 68

Circuit to add an exit delay when turning on an alarm system and/or to turn off an alarm system after a period of being enabled.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Aug 1976 (v.10#2) pg. 24

Electronic Christmas gifts built around the TL489C analog level detector. It can be used to make (1) soil moisture detectors, (2) temperature range indicators, (3) controls and alarms for fish fanciers, chemists, chefs and photographers, (4) battery & continuity testers, (5) toys and games, (6) simple light organs, (7) humidity alarms,...etc.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Dec 1978 (v.14#6) pg. 78

Fridge Alarm sounds an alarm after preset time when refrigerator door is left open. Est. cost: $10.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] May 1979 (v.15#5) pg. 69

Circuit for a general purpose alarm.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Oct 1979 (v.16#4) pg. 87

Open-humidor alarm. Circuit sounds an alarm if exposed to light for more than a few seconds. Use to remind someone to replace the top on a humidor.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Mar 1981 (v.19#3) pg. 92

An appliance "off" reminder. Low-cost project uses a phototransistor to produce an audible alert whenever an appliance indicator light goes off.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1981 (v.19#6) pg. 76

Memory circuit for alarm systems warns you if the alarm has been triggered.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Jun 1981 (v.19#6) pg. 93

Event-failure alarm. Circuit for an alarm which sounds a warning a predetermined time after an event has taken place if no corrective action has been taken.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [1] Apr 1982 (v.20#4) pg. 107

The 3x3 alarm. The first in a series of projects developed around a 3"x3" printed-circuit board. This battery-powered circuit produces the familiar two-tone, he-haw sound when triggered.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Feb 1991 (v.8#2) pg. 67
Correction POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] May 1991 (v.8#5) pg. 3

Sonic Defender. Protect yourself with a blast of high-intensity sound (130 dB) from a hand-held, battery-powered unit. Est. cost: $19 (kit).
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] May 1991 (v.8#5) pg. 25
Correction POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Jul 1991 (v.8#7) pg. 3
Added Info POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Aug 1991 (v.8#8) pg. 4

Siren or loud wail sounder operates for a long time on battery power.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Jul 1991 (v.8#7) pg. 23

Alarm circuits which utilize the 558 oscillator/timer IC. (1) Circuit that waits a long time to respond to a trigger signal. (2) Circuit that generates extremely long output pulses. (3) Non-bypassable alarm circuit.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Oct 1992 (v.9#10) pg. 72

Circuit sounds an alarm for 30 seconds if it detects any light for 15 seconds. Can be used to detect an open refrigerator door.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Nov 1992 (v.9#11) pg. 76

Circuits based on the LM3909 oscillator/flasher IC. (1) Dual LED driver. (2) Tick circuit flashes an LED and gives out a sharp tick on a speaker. (3) Variable audio-frequency oscillator. (4) Electronic siren. (5) Code-practice oscillator. (6) AC lamp flasher.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] May 1993 (v.10#5) pg. 70

Using a single special-purpose IC (the ULN2429A fluid detector) in as many applications as possible. (1) Low-level liquid level detector. (2) High-level liquid level detector. (3) Touch-activated switch. (4) Proximity sensor. (5) Ultrasonic pest repeller. (6) Variable square-wave generator. (7) Code-practice oscillator. (8) Alarm circuit. (9) Light beam circuit (LED-emitter / phototransistor-sensor circuit).
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Jun 1994 (v.11#6) pg. 76

Alarm circuit with all the standard features (exit/entry delay, automatic reset, status indicators, etc.) uses one simple IC.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Sep 1994 (v.11#9) pg. 26

Build a refrigerator-door alarm. Sounds an "obnoxious" tone when either the refrigerator or freezer door is open or ajar.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Jun 1996 (v.13#6) pg. 57

Simple op-amp application circuits. (1) Fixed voltage reference. (2) Light-operated sensor. (3) Alarm sensor. (4) Voltage-level sensor. (5) Peak-voltage detector and hold. (6) DC motor driver and reverser. (7) Simple timer circuit to delay relay operation for up to 30 seconds.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Nov 1997 (v.14#11) pg. 62

Alarm projects and keypad interfaces. (1) Warning system isolated from main power source. (2) System-tripped indicator. (3) Time-keeping circuit to remind someone to take a medication. (4) Interface for low-cost telephone-like keypad produces a logic output that identifies the key that has been pressed. (5) Standard telephone-type keypad will operate a relay if the correct four-digit code is entered.
POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Feb 1998 (v.15#2) pg. 64
Correction POPULAR ELECTRONICS [2] Apr 1998 (v.15#4) pg. 56

Pocket-size alarm siren provides protection for pedestrians walking alone. Battery powered and variable pitched device. Est. cost: $10.
POPULAR MECHANICS Jan 1966 (v.125#1) pg. 198

By plugging an alarm bell into the light socket of an automatic garage door opener, you can trigger the alarm remotely, from your bedside, during the night. A three-way switch allows you to turn the alarm off when you don't want it activated. Useful as a "panic alarm" to summon help or scare off prowlers.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1975 (v.143#5) pg. 210

The Lockbox House. Part 13. Electronic security for the leisure home. Includes a surveillance camera, a remote station intercom and an ionization smoke and fire detector.
POPULAR SCIENCE Oct 1974 (v.205#4) pg. 116

Build this thunderstorm alarm. Alarm sounds when lightning strikes are detected within 10 to 20 miles.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Mar 1980 (v.51#3) pg. 56

Trouble tone alert. Audio alarm circuit monitors an analog test meter. Whenever the meter moves up, the alarm sounds. Use it to help trace intermittent problems in electronic circuits.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Sep 1980 (v.51#9) pg. 76

Build this super siren alarm with a distinctive sound that will not go unnoticed.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Apr 1982 (v.53#4) pg. 44

One-gate siren circuit uses few components, is easy to build and the siren's sound can be customized by varying the values of several of the components.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Oct 1985 (v.56#10) pg. 102

Dual-condition sensing. A look at the 3041 Monitor/Alarm IC, a dual-input circuit designed to monitor two different voltages and give an indication if either varies from the preset level by more than a user-settable predetermined percentage. Useful for various alarm systems.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Oct 1986 (v.57#10) pg. 89

Two-tone alarm circuit uses a Schmitt trigger.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Jul 1989 (v.60#7) pg. 67

CMOS phase-locked loops (PLL's). An in-depth look at a particularly versatile CMOS IC, the 4046B micro-power CMOS phase-locked loop. Includes circuits for sound generator, square-wave generator, tone switch, etc.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Dec 1989 (v.60#12) pg. 55

Home-security cookbook. Part 1. An introduction to modern home-security alarm systems. Typical circuits for fire, burglar and panic alarms. Placement of sensors and controls also covered.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS May 1990 (v.61#5) pg. 61

Home-security cookbook. Part 2. Sirens and various types of "fault-indicator" alarms.
RADIO-ELECTRONICS Jul 1990 (v.61#7) pg. 56

Use perf board construction to build a variable tone siren that will wobble up and down in frequency controlled by a push button.
RADIO-TV EXPERIMENTER #789 Jun-Jul 1966 (v.20#3) pg. 73

Portable electronic siren imitates a police siren's rising and falling pitch.
SCIENCE & ELECTRONICS [1] Aug-Sep 1970 (v.28#4) pg. 43

ALCOHOL entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ALCOHOL
sa   ALCOHOL DETECTOR
sa   ALCOHOL FUELED ENGINE
sa   ALCOHOL LAMP
xx   FUEL

Questions to ask before buying an alcohol still.
COUNTRYSIDE May 1980 (v.64#5) pg. 43

Notes from the alcohol underground. Confessions of a first-time alcohol fuel maker. Includes tips for do-it-yourselfers.
HARROWSMITH #35 Apr-May 1981 (v.5#7) pg. 35

How to convert a lawnmower engine to operate on alcohol fuel.
HARROWSMITH #35 Apr-May 1981 (v.5#7) pg. 44

Building an ethanol still. Basic instructions and bill of materials for a good welding project.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION May-Jun 1981 (v.70#5) pg. 30

Tip: Adding boric acid powder to denatured alcohol will produce a pale green flame when burned, instead of a colorless flame. May prevent accidental burns.
JEWELRY MAKING, GEMS & MINERALS #530 Dec 1981 pg. 79

Tip: Make the flame of an alcohol lamp visible by adding boric acid to the alcohol.
LAPIDARY JOURNAL Nov 1986 (v.40#8) pg. 69

How to build an inexpensive backyard solar still to produce ethanol that can be used to fire a converted oil heater. Est. cost: $62.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #56 Mar-Apr 1979 pg. 114

Mother's alcohol fuel "cookbook". The basics of fermentation, mash preparation and how to make a mash barrel from a plastic bucket.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #57 May-Jun 1979 pg. 8

How to build a woodburning still in your back yard.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #58 Jul-Aug 1979 pg. 76

A look at a solar distillation apparatus to produce ethanol.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #58 Jul-Aug 1979 pg. 79

A look at Mother's experimental alcohol-powered truck. Includes detailed sketch of fuel system and steps required to convert a gasburner.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #59 Sep-Oct 1979 pg. 78

How to make a cold-weather starting system for an alcohol-powered pickup truck.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #60 Nov-Dec 1979 pg. 86

Alcohol fuel preheater to build. Warms the liquid alcohol to provide smooth operation in cold weather and to save fuel.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #61 Jan-Feb 1980 pg. 86

A look at the state of the art in alcohol fuel production.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #62 Mar-Apr 1980 pg. 50

Plans for two low-cost backyard alcohol stills. One with a 2" column and one with a 4" column.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #64 Jul-Aug 1980 pg. 120

A look at a Missouri alcohol distillation system that uses the distiller byproducts for livestock feed and earthworm fodder.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #66 Nov-Dec 1980 pg. 132

Design for a home-scale vacuum distillery to make fuel alcohol.
MOTHER EARTH NEWS #72 Nov-Dec 1981 pg. 122

Three systems for turning organic waste into resources. A look at composting to produce fertilizer, anaerobic digestion to produce methane gas and hydrolysis of cellulose to produce ethyl alcohol and food yeast. What's involved and the practicability of each system discussed.
ORGANIC GARDENING Sep 1977 (v.24#9) pg. 142

Alcohol fuel. Can you make your own? How an alcohol still works and tips on their design and use.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jan 1981 (v.218#1) pg. 90

ALL TERRAIN VEHICLE entries in the Index to How To Do It Information


ALL TERRAIN VEHICLE
x   ATV
xx   AUTOMOBILE
xx   RECREATIONAL VEHICLE

Build your own ATV, the MI Marauder, which can be built for about $500.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #500 Jan 1970 (v.66) pg. 76

How to maintain an ATV.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #515 Apr 1971 (v.67) pg. 98

Fun Buggy has two seats. Large-scale plans available from Fawcett for $10. Est. cost (without engine): $500.
MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED #543 Aug 1973 (v.69) pg. 82

"Bush-Buggy", an inexpensive, off-highway, three-wheel vehicle that is amphibious. Powered by a 4 hp. engine. Built from a kit of the mechanical parts and covered with a homebuilt plywood and styrofoam body. A 500 lb. payload. Kit costs: $490.
POPULAR MECHANICS May 1966 (v.125#5) pg. 138

PM's High-Tailer. Plans available for a unique off-the-highway vehicle. Using a Corvair truck engine, it has a tubular frame which swivels up to 35 degrees to keep all four wheels driving on steep, hilly terrain. Will carry heavier loads than most 4-wheel drive vehicles.
POPULAR MECHANICS Apr 1967 (v.127#4) pg. 110

Build a "Brush Buggy" for off the road travel. Built from Volkswagen parts. Est. cost: $400
POPULAR MECHANICS Nov 1968 (v.130#5) pg. 132

A description of winter camping with the Attex compact tent-trailer designed to be hauled behind an all-terrain vehicle.
POPULAR MECHANICS Oct 1973 (v.140#4) pg. 56

Wilderness winching. Tips on selecting and using a winch on off-road vehicles.
POPULAR MECHANICS Dec 1990 (v.167#12) pg. 84

Tread lightly. Advice on responsible off-road travel using 4x4s, motorcycles, mountain bikes, snowmobiles, and ATVs.
POPULAR MECHANICS Mar 1991 (v.168#3) pg. 76, 82, 85, 86, 90

Mini-Scat, an all-terrain vehicle that can be built from a kit.
POPULAR SCIENCE Jun 1970 (v.196#6) pg. 102

Three-wheel, motorized "Mountain Goat" has flotation tires.
SCIENCE & MECHANICS #215 Mar 1963 (v.34#3) pg. 80

ALUMINUM entries